Contacts
EuropeNorth America

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
Robert-Bosch-Allee 174232 AbstattGermany
Tel. +49 7062 911 9101
Fax +49 7062 911 79104
motorsport@bosch.de

Bosch Engineering North America
Motorsport
38000 Hills Tech Drive
Farmington Hills, MI 48331-3417
United States of America
Fax +1 248 876 7373
BoschMotorsport@us.bosch.com

United Kingdom
Robert Bosch Ltd
Motorsport
Units 5 & 6 NW03
MIRA Technology Park
Mira Drive
Nuneaton CV13 6DE
United Kingdom
motorsport@uk.bosch.com
FranceRobert Bosch France S.A.S.
Motorsport
32, avenue Michelet
B.P. 170
F - 93404 Saint-Ouen Cedex
FranceTel. +33 1 40 10 77 14
Fax +33 1 40 10 76 88

Australia, New Zealand and South Africa
Robert Bosch Pty. Ltd
Motorsport
1555 Centre Road
Clayton, Victoria, 3168
Australia
Tel. +61 (3) 9541 3901
motor.sport@au.bosch.com
Asia Pacific
Bosch Engineering K.K.
Motorsport
18F Queen’s Tower C, 2-3-5- Minato Mirai
Nishi-ku, Yokohama-shi
Kanagawa 220-6218
Japan
Tel. +81 45 650 5610
Fax +81 45 650 5611
For more and latest information, please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2020
Modifications reserved.
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on publicroads is prohibited. Please use our products exclusively on
closed-course racetracks.

Control1

Displays

2Electronics

3

Fuel & Spark4

Actuators

5

eMobility

6

Sensors

7

Brake

8

Software

9

More

10

Appendix11

Table of Contents | 7

Control

11

Test System

106

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12µLC Test System

106

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1

13

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface

108

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2

16

Expansion Board Digital Outputs

109

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3

19

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4

22

Fuel & Spark

111

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

25

Engine Control Unit Diesel

28

Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport

28

Diesel System Components

112

Diesel System Components

112

Injection Valves

113

Injection Valve EV 14

114

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

119

Fuel Pumps

121

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

122

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

124

Vehicle Control Units

30

Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4

31

Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4P

35

Displays

39

Displays40

Display DDU 941

Display DDU 10

44Electronics

49

Collision Avoidance Systems

50

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light

51

Ignition Coils

135

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO

54

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

136

Data Loggers

59

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

138

Data Logger C 70

60

Data Logger C 80

64

USB Kit67

Fuel Pressure Regulators

126

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

127

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5

129

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

132

FPR Adaptor light

134

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

140

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

142

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

144

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

146

Injection Power Stages

69

Ignition Coil P65

148

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

70

Ignition Coil P65-T

150

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C

71

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

153

Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C

73

Ignition Coil P65-WG

155

Ignition Coil P65-WS

157

Ignition Coil PS-T

159

CAN Keypad

76

CAN Keypad CK-M12

76
Ignition Modules

161

Power Boxes

79

Ignition Module IM 3.2

162

PowerBox PBX 90

80

Ignition Module IM 4

164

PowerBox PBX 190

83

Sensor Interfaces

87

Actuators

167

Lambdatronic LT4

88

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

90Modular Sensor Interface M 60

92

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60

94

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter95

Telemetry System

98

Alternators

168

Alternator B0

169

Alternator B3 LIN

171

Alternator B5

175

Electronic Throttle Body

177

Electronic Throttle Body

177

RaceConnect99Power Steering Pump

180

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU

100

Power Steering Pump VPS15

180

Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

103
Starter

183

Starter 1.7 kW

183

8 | Table of Contents

Wiper Motor

185

Speed

252

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

185

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90

253

eMobility

189

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di

255

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M

258

e-GoKart Powertrain

190

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

260

e-GoKart Powertrain Young Star

190

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P

262

Sensors191

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P2

264

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

266

Air Pressure

192

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed

269

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

193

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AL

195

Steering Wheel Angle

271

197

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS

271

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

199

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

201

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

203

Fluid Pressure

Temperature273

Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS

274

Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS

276

205

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS

278

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

206

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

280

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260

208

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H

282

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

210

Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L

284

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

212

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

214

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600 216

Vehicle Dynamics

286

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

287

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R

290

Brake

293

ABS Systems

294

Gear Shift218

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2

218

Knock

220

ABS M5 Kit

295

Knock Sensor KS4-P

221

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

297

Knock Sensor KS4-R

223

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

299

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

225

Software301

Lambda227

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

228

Calibration

302

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo

231

Calibration Tool RaceCon

302

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

234

Simulation

303

Pressure & Temperature

237

Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT

238

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3

Simulation Tool LapSim

303

Simulation Packages

305

240

Analysis

306

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4

242

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

306

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1

244

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar

246

Customer Code Area

308

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar

248

Customer Code Area CCA

308

Rotary Position

250

More

309

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

250

Breakout Boxes

310

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

311

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

312

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

313

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

314

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

315

Communication Interface

316

Com Interface MSA-Box II

316

Table of Contents | 9

Connector Opening Tool

317

Connector Opening Tool for AS series

317

Connectors

318

Connectors

318

Wiring Harnesses

319

Customized Wiring Harnesses

319

Appendix

321

General Information

322

General Information

322

Vibration Profiles

323

Vibration Profile 1

323

Vibration Profile 2

324

Vibration Profile 3

325

Vibration Profile 4

326

Shock

327

10 | Table of Contents

Control1

Engine Control Units Gasoline

12

Engine Control Unit Diesel

28

Vehicle Control Units30

12 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Overview

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4• Optimized for low pressure
injection• Basic number of low pressure
control functions• Basic number of engine functions• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Multiple Software options
available• Optimized for low pressure
injection• Full number of low pressure
control functions• Full number of engine functions• Measurement with 41 analog
inputs• Multiple Software options
available• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• HP package for flat and V-engines optional• Measurement with 21 analog
inputs• Multiple Software options
available• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive• Measurement with 41 analog
inputs• Multiple Software options
available

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4• Optimized for low and highpressure injection• Data logger included• Gearbox control optionally included• Gigabit data interface

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 13

Engine Control Unit MS 6.1

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control

Optional

VVT

Optional

Turbo control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

Launch control

Optional

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting
sampling theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
InputsFeatures

Analog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

 Measurement with 21 analog inputs

Thermocouple

2 K-type Multiple Software options available

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens Optimized for low pressure injection
 Basic number of low pressure control functions
 Basic number of engine functions

The MS 6.1 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6
family it features a powerful digital processing corewith floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA
for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6
family utilizes a new software development process
based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly
speeds algorithm development by using automatic
code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.1 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier1

14 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowsideswitch2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)(License model via Mega-Line)[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0800 or comparable]
Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0600 or comparable]

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)

1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

3 Network screensSoftware Options (not included)

Installation Notes

Engine Function Package I

Electronic throttle control, VVT,
Turbo control

Engine Function Package II

Traction and launch control

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels torespect)

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with
Mega-Line components

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, nocomponents to replace.

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 15

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1
Order number F02U.V01.961-04
Software Options
Engine Function Package I
Order number F02U.V02.001-01
Engine Function Package II
Order number F02U.V02.002-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01
Logger Package I
Order number F02U.V01.993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F02U.V01.998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F02U.V02.082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F02U.V02.107-01 (on request)
Gear Control Package II
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F02U.V02.109-01 (on request)
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01
System Configuration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download from our website
Data Analysis Tool WinDarab V7
Order number free download from our website1

16 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.2

Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting
sampling theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Features Optimized for low pressure injection

Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in total

 Full number of low pressure control functions

Size

226 x 181 x 44 mm

 Full number of engine functions

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

 Measurement with 41 analog inputs
 Multiple Software options available
The MS 6.2 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6
family it features a powerful digital processing corewith floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA
for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6
family utilizes a new software development process
based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly
speeds algorithm development by using automatic
code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.2 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screens

Outputs
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 17

Further outputs

Outputs signals

Application

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowsideswitch2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
12 x ignition control
1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

ginning with
MS6A_BASE_0800 or comparable]
Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0600 or comparable]

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN

Software Tools (free download)

1 LIN

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

1 USB

System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later

1 RS232

Mating Connectors (not included)

1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Software Options (not included)
Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels torespect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with
Mega-Line components(License model via Mega-Line)[included for base versions be-

3 Network screens
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, nocomponents to replace.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

1

18 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2
Order number F02U.V01.867-07
Software Options
Logger Package I
Order number F02U.V01.993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F02U.V01.998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F02U.V02.082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F02U.V02.107-01 (on request)
Gear Control Package II
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F02U.V02.109-01 (on request)
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01
System Configuration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download from our website
Data Analysis Tool WinDarab V7
Order number free download from our website

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 19

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting
sampling theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Features Optimized for low and high pressure injection
 HP package for flat and V-engines optional
 Measurement with 21 analog inputs
 Multiple Software options available
The MS 6.3 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6
family it features a powerful digital processing corewith floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA
for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6
family utilizes a new software development process
based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly
speeds algorithm development by using automatic
code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.3 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines optional (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

InputsAnalog inputs

21 (41 opt.)

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

11

20 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screensHigh pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)

Outputs
Outputs

Software Tools (free download)

2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3
pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Software Options (not included)High Pressure Injection Package

For flat- and V-engines (2ndBank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)

Measurement Package

Increase to 41 analog inputs

Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels torespect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

Logger Package III

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick

Gear Control Package I

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowsideswitch2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
12 x ignition control

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with
Mega-Line components(License model via Mega-Line)[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0800 or comparable]

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0600 or comparable]

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per project version

Outputs signals

Application

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm
Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 21

Communication

Ordering Information

2 Ethernet

Engine Control Unit MS 6.3
Order number F02U.V01.963-04

3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet

Software Options
High Pressure Injection Package
Order number F02U.V01.999-01
Measurement Package
Order number F02U.V02.000-01

3 Network screens

Logger Package I
Order number F02U.V01.993-01

Installation Notes

Logger Package II
Order number F02U.V01.998-01

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, nocomponents to replace.

Logger Package III
Order number F02U.V02.082-01

Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.

Gear Control Package I
Order number F02U.V02.107-01 (on request)

Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Gear Control Package II
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F02U.V02.109-01 (on request)
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01
System Configuration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download from our website
Data Analysis Tool WinDarab V7
Order number free download from our website1

22 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Engine Control Unit MS 6.4• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT
Turbo control
Traction control
Launch control
LTE Ethernet telemetry support
Internal logger

Partition 1, 1 GB memory,
diagnostic channels,
50 free configurable channels,
fastest sampling 50 Hz,
digital filter respecting
sampling theorem

Logger options

See Software Options (not included)

Features Optimized for low and high pressure injection
 HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive
 Measurement with 41 analog inputs
 Multiple Software options available
The MS 6.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. As a member of our MS 6
family it features a powerful digital processing corewith floating point arithmetic and a high-end FPGA
for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 6
family utilizes a new software development process
based on MATLAB/Simulink which significantly
speeds algorithm development by using automatic
code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be quickly and easily generated. The flexible hardware design allows the MS 6.4 to supportcomplex or unusual engine or chassis configurations.
Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, cylinder 7&8, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

Physical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
2 Bosch connectors, 196 pins in totalSize

226 x 181 x 44 mm

Weight

1,086 gProtection Classification

IP54

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 80°C

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 667 MHz, FPGA

InputsAnalog inputs

41Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
2 ECU temperature
2 ECU voltage

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

9

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 23

Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 150 mA
7 sensor grounds
2 sensor screensHigh pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Mating Connectors (not included)

Outputs
Outputs

Software Tools (free download)

2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
8 x high pressure injection formagnetic injectors
Integrated power stages for theuse of:
4 cylinders up to 12,500 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,500 rpm
8 cylinders up to 8,500 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3
pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm

Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
12,500 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

IgnitionMax. 12 cylinders, coils with integrated amplifier

Further outputs

2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater4 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
8 x 2.2 amp pwm lowsideswitch2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8,5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)
12 x low pressure injection forhigh impedance injectors
12 x ignition control

Outputs signals

1 x flywheel
1 x trigger wheel
1 x engine rpm

Application

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Mating Connector 91 pins

F02U.B00.711-01

Mating Connector 105 pins

F02U.B00.712-01

Software Options (not included)
Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Logger Package I

Extension for Partition 1: up to
720 channels, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, (maxnumber of 1,080 channels torespect)

Logger Package II

Partition 2: 720 channels, 1 GB
memory, fastest sampling
1,000 Hz or 1 syncro, longterm recording, own data protection code (max number of
1,080 channels to respect)

Logger Package III

Copy data of partition 1 to USB
data stick

Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with
Mega-Line components(License model via Mega-Line)[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0800 or comparable]

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems[included for base versions beginning with
MS6A_BASE_0600 or comparable]

Innovation License Device

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per unit

Innovation Package Project

Activation of engine speedfunctions* and near/far injection function per project version*Engine speed functions: second or backup engine speed sensor,
quick engine start, detection of engine reverse rotation
Communication
2 Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB

1

24 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
3 Network screens
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, nocomponents to replace.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4
Order number F02U.V02.019-07
Engine Control Unit MS 6 RX

FIA-homologated version for WRX ChampionshipOrder number F02U.V02.570
Conversion MS 6.4 to MS 6 RX
Order number F02U.V02.571
Software Options
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Logger Package I
Order number F02U.V01.993-01
Logger Package II
Order number F02U.V01.998-01
Logger Package III
Order number F02U.V02.082-01
Gear Control Package I
Order number F02U.V02.107-01 (on request)
Gear Control Package II
Order number F02U.V02.108-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F02U.V02.109-01 (on request)
Innovation License Device
Order number F02U.V02.510-01
Innovation Package Project
Order number F02U.V02.511-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01
Mating Connector 91 pins
Order number F02U.B00.711-01
Mating Connector 105 pins
Order number F02U.B00.712-01
System Configuration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download from our website
Data Analysis Tool WinDarab V7
Order number free download from our website

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 25

Engine Control Unit MS 7.4

Ignition

8 integrated power stages up to
20 A,
alternatively up to 12 drivers
for use with external powerstagesPhysical engine model for fast application• determine engine load by throttle position or air pressure signals• mixture control and basic ignition guided by main signal relative
load rl• Subsystems pit speed-, launch-, rpm-limiter and ASR are integrated inside torque control• Separated power cut functions to assist several gear cut systems• Diagnostics• Integrated safety strategy for 2 electronic throttle controls
Integrated support of manual gearshift
Electronic throttle control
VVT

Features

Turbo control

 Optimized for low and high pressure injection

Traction control
Launch control

 Data logger included

LTE Ethernet telemetry support

 Gearbox control optionally included

Internal logger Gigabit data interface
The MS 7.4 engine control unit manages gasoline engines up to 12 cylinders. The MS 7 line features a
powerful digital processing core with floating point
arithmetic and a high-end FPGA for ultimate performance and flexibility. The MS 7 line utilizes a softwaredevelopment process based on MATLAB/Simulink
which significantly speeds up algorithm development
by using automatic code and documentation generation. Custom functions can be generated quickly andeasily. The flexible hardware design allows the MS
7.4 to support complex or unusual engine or chassis
configurations.
Application
High pressure injection

Integrated power stages fortriple injection and use of:
4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm
6 cylinders up to 9,700 rpm
8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(depending injection types andpressure ranges)

HP package for flat and V-engines inclusive (2nd Bank, MSV2, external cylinder 9-12)
Low pressure injection

Max. 12 cylinders up to
16,000 rpm, high impedance
injectors only

2 partitions with 4 GB memory
each,diagnostic channels,
fastest sampling 1 kHz,
digital filter respecting
sampling theorem,
use of 4 GB USB data stick

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Milled aluminum housing
4 motorsport connectors, 264 pins in total
Size without connectors

198 x 180 x 42 mm

Weight1,610 gProtection Classification

IP67

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. Vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 18 V

CPU

Dual Core 1,000 MHz, FPGA

InputsAnalog inputs

41

Combustion chamber pressure
input

8

Selectable dig/ana inputs

81

26 | Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline

1

Thermocouple

2 K-type

Lambda2 LSU 4.9

Knock

4

Digital inputs

10

Digital switch Engine ON/OFF

1

Laptrigger input

1

Internal measurement

1 triax acceleration
1 ambient pressure
3 ECU temperature
10 ECU voltage (e.g. sensor
supply)6 ECU current (e.g. sensor supply)Power supplies

4 sensor supplies 5 V, 50 mA
3 sensor supplies 5 V, 400 mA
1 sensor supply ubat, 250 mA
9 sensor grounds
2 sensor screensHigh pressure injection

Booster extension (HPI5)

Ignition

Further outputs

Outputs signals

5 x MUX outputs for internal signals like flywheel, knock signals, cylinder pressure

Adaptation and Documentation
Configuration

Configurable flywheel- and trigger disc geometries
Selectable links between functions and in- or outputs

Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Software Tools (free download)
Data Analysis tool WinDarab V7

Outputs
Low pressure injection

2 x high pressure pump with
MSV control
4 x 12 mA for control of Moog
valvesSystem Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or laterMax. 12 cylinders up to
16,000 rpm, high impedance
injectors only.
Outputs can be used alternatively as low side switches 2.2 A
without freewheeling
Integrated power stages fortriple injection and use of:
4 cylinders up to 14,600 rpm
6 cylinders up to. 9,700 rpm
8 cylinders up to 7,300 rpm(for supply voltages >10 V, depending injection types andpressure ranges)
Application notes avl. for Bosch
HDP5- and Hitachi Gen3
pumps.
Hitachi Gen1 notes on request.
Additional booster connectableto support 9 to 12 cylinders or
to realize higher rpm.
Max. 12 cylinders and coilswith integrated power stage, ormax. 8 cylinders and coils
without integrated powerstage, 20 A
2 x 4 amp pwm lowside switch
2 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
for Lambda heater
6 x 3 amp pwm lowside switch
4 x 2.2 amp pwm lowsideswitch2 x 1 amp pwm lowside switch
low dump resistant3 x 8.5 amp H-bridge (2 reserved for electronic throttle)

Environment (not included)
Programming interface cable

F02U.V02.327-01

Adapter cable to USB-port

F02U.V01.343-01

Rugged USB flash drive

F02U.V01.342-02

Connector for wiring harness

F02U.002.996-01

Mating Connectors (not included)
LIFE (red)AS618-35SN

Actuator (blue)

AS618-35SB

Combined (orange)

AS618-35SC

Sensor (yellow)

AS618-35SA

Software Options (not included)
Gear Control Package I

Gear control Mega-Line functionality, has to be used with
Mega-Line components(License model via Mega-Line)[included for base versions beginning with
MS7A_BASE_0500 or comparable]

Gear Control Package II

Gear control Bosch Motorsport
functionality

Gear Control Package III

Gear control coordination to external GCU systems[included for base versions beginning with
MS7A_BASE_0400 or comparable]

Customer Code Area

Enable Customer Code Area

Cylinder pressure determination

On request

Control | Engine Control Units Gasoline | 27

Knock detection and control
based on cylinder pressure

On request

Communication

Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4
Order number F02U.V02.514-02
Software Options

1 Ethernet 1 Gbit
2 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet
3 CAN
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet
2 Network screens
Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 24 months, internal battery to be replaced during service.
Depending on your experiences with calibration of ECUs we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface cable are not included and must be ordered separately.

Gear Control Package I
Order number F02U.V02.263-01 (on request)
Gear Control Package II
Order number F02U.V02.264-01
Gear Control Package III
Order number F02U.V02.265-01 (on request)
Customer Code Area
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
Cylinder pressure detection base package MS 7.x
Order number F02U.V02.543-01
Knock detection via cylinder pressure evaluation
MS 7.xOrder number F02U.V02.544-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code orange
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole, Connector code yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7, LIFE-Connector code red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

1

28 | Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel

1

Engine Control Unit MS 25
Sport

Optional function packages
available
Calibration interface

CCP via CAN

Interface to Bosch Data Logging
System

3 CAN interfaces

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum product housing

Base plate with fluid coolingincl. pressure compensation
element (PCE)

2 production type connectors
with 192 pins

Separate coding each (192 x
1.2 mm pins)

Vibration damped circuitboardsEngine mountable with additional dampers

8 housing fixation points
Features 8 injection output stages
 For solenoid injectors

Size

260 x 250 x 81 mm

Protection classification

IP x 6k and IP x 9K

Weight1,800 gTemperature range-40 to 85°C

Electrical Data

 96 data inputs

Power supply
 Software options available
The MS 25 Sport is an ECU for Diesel engines withup to 8 cylinders. It is developed for use with Boschsolenoid injectors. The MS 25 Sport utilizes a software development process based on MATLAB® &Simulink®.
The MS 25 Sport is able to operate in 12 V or 24 V
systems. The base SW is able to control one hydraulic bank configuration with Fuel Metering Unit
(FMU) and Pressure Control Valve (PCV).
Application

1 internal atmospheric pressure sensor
1 internal ECU temperature sensor for max. temperature
Inputs1 lambda interface LSU

LSU 4.9

7 general frequency inputs

4 wheel speed and one vehicle
speed hall effect sensor inputs
and 2 inductive turbo speed

1 input for inductive crankshaft
sensor

Hall optional
Inductive optional

Engine layout

3, 4, 5, 6, 8, <3 on request

1 input for Hall-effect camshaft
sensorInjector type

Solenoid valve injectors

29 analog inputs

Control strategy

Quantity based

14 digital inputs

Hydraulic system

Fuel metering unit + Pressure
control valve (2 bank optional)

Outputs

Injection timing

2 pilot injections
1 main injection
2 post injections

Turbo boost control

Single or Bi-Turbo

Lambda measurement

Optional controls on request

Two bank hydraulic control

Optional

Traction control

Optional

Gear cut for sequential gearbox

Optional

Speed limiter

12 or 24 V

8 injection power stages

3 banks for 8 cylinders

2 Fuel Metering Unit (HighPressure Pump)

2 bank system optional

2 Pressure Control Valve (Rail)

2 bank system optional

12 power stages (low side)
1 power stage for lambda
heater
2 H-bridges
3 sensor supply 5 V

Control | Engine Control Unit Diesel | 29

Software
RaceCon Calibration Software

free download

WinDarab Analysis Software

free download

CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X2 (Engine)

1

Communication

Optional Functionality
Traction control SW upgrade

3 CAN interfaces (dash, application, customer use)

J1939 optional

2 bank hydraulic control SW upgrade

1 LIN

Optional

Environment (not included)

1 SENT

Optional

Programming interface MSABox II

F02U.V00.327-03

Installation Notes

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

Mating connectors (not included)
Mating connector I
CONNECTOR KIT; MS 25
SPORT - X1 (Vehicle)

F02U.V0U.147-01

Mating connector II

F02U.V0U.148-01

Depending on your experiences with calibration of Diesel ECUs werecommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be ordered separately.
Ordering Information
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport
Order number F02U.V0U.800-02

30 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Overview

Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS
50.4
50.4P

• 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 667 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analogue inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging• 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for vehicle
control functionality (MATLAB based)• Identical, dedicated 866 MHz
Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes• High Speed Logging 200 kHz
of 6 analogue inputs (optional)• Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3• Event logging, Configurable
pre-event logging

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 31

Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS
50.4

Optional: Sampling rate highspeed logger

5 µs

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

6 GB

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 80°C

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total
Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage
 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based) Identical, dedicated 667 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analogue inputs (optional)
 Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3
 Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging
The VCU MS 50.4 is a highly powerful processing / logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink to significantly speed up algorithm development (automatic code and documentation generation, requires CCA package) – including extensive
simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).
Application

5 to 18 V

Inputs20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up
8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 universal Thermocouple
1 Bosch Laptrigger
1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)
Internal measurements:
1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate

Processor for customer code

667 MHz Dual Core

Outputs

Processor for logger

667 MHz Dual CorePWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

Configurable math channels

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz

User configurable CAN in/out
messages*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below

Sampling rate logger

1 ms

Power Supplies
12 V, 400 mA each5*1

32 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor ground20*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below
Adaptation and Documentation
Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Upgrade CCP Master
Enables CCP master functionality to request data from foreigndevices via CAN/CCP protocol.
Upgrade Real Time Ethernet
Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from different devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).
The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

Software Tools (free download)

USB Accessories

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7

Rugged USB flash drive

System Configuration tool
RaceCon

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

Upgrade Customer Code Area CCA

Connectors

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU

Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Upgrade I/O Package

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

Communication
4 CAN
Inputs4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up
4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**
4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3
4 CAN*
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232 interface for GPS
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below

Outputs
4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 250 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz
4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz

Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Power Supplies
5 x12 V, 400 mA each
5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available two measure e.g. shaft torsion.
Upgrade High Speed Logging Package
6 ANACommunication

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 33

Ordering Information
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4
Order number F02U.V02.965-02
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4 + CCA
Order number F02U.V03.012-01
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4 + I/O_PACK +CCA
Order number F02U.V03.013-01
Software Options
Customer Code Area CCA
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01
High Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01
CCP Master
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions1

34 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 35

Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS
50.4P

Optional: Sampling rate highspeed logger

5 µs

Online data compression
Logging rate

> 800 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

6 GB

LTE Ethernet telemetry support
RS232 interface for GPS
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

166 x 121 x 41 mm

Weight≤ 660 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal

0 to 80°C

3 motorsport connectors, 198 pins in total
Max. vibration
Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage
 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively forvehicle control functionality (MATLAB based) Identical, dedicated 866 MHz Dual Core Processor exclusively for logging purposes High Speed Logging 200 kHz of 6 analogue inputs (optional)
 Real time Ethernet SERCOS 3
 Event logging, Configurable pre-event logging
The VCU MS 50.4P (Performance) is a highly
powerful processing / logging unit for race applications.
Based on our broad base of platform function, we
support you with customized VCU functions for a
tailor-made solution.
In addition, you can quickly develop your individual customer software based on MATLAB/Simulink to significantly speed up algorithm development (automatic code and documentation generation, requires CCA package) – including extensive
simulation capabilities.
The device offers real time Ethernet functionality to
exchange e.g. data used in control algorithms
between devices (guaranteed latency time 1 ms).
Application
Processor for customer code

866 MHz Dual Core

Processor for logger

866 MHz Dual Core

Configurable math channels

5 to 18 V

Inputs20 Analog channels 0 to 5 V, 0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8
V, switchable pull-up
8 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall-type speed measurement
possible,
Switchable pullup 2.15 kOhm, (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 Digital PWM inputs f_max=30 kHz Hall- and DF11 type speed
measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall), Tooth count differential*
4 universal Thermocouple
1 Bosch Laptrigger
1 TimeSync master and slave (specific to Bosch measurement system)
Internal measurements:
1 ambient pressure
1 ECU temperature
20 supply voltage
20 supply current
1 battery voltage (external VCU supply)
1 external VCU supply current
4 HS output current
3-axis acceleration plus roll/pitch/yaw rate
Outputs
PWM High side2*; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz

PWM Low side

4*; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below

User configurable CAN in/out
messages
Sampling rate logger

Vibration profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Power Supplies
1 ms

12 V, 400 mA each5*1

36 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

1

Switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA
each

5*

Max overall current

4 A on all 12 V
2 A on all 5 V

Precision 12 V ± 1 % on the pin
Precision 5 V ± 0.1 % on the pin
Sensor ground20*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below
Adaptation and Documentation
Function documentation

Automatically created duringcode generation

MatLab code generation

Support for customer own MatLab function development

Upgrade CCP Master
Enables CCP master functionality to request data from foreigndevices via CAN/CCP protocol.
Upgrade Real Time Ethernet
Enables the VCU to operate as a real time Ethernet master or slave.
Guaranteed latency time of 1 ms. Ideal for time critical data transfer as needed in online control algorithms involving data from different devices.
Two interfaces allow for a ring topology (redundancy in case theRTE line experiences damage).
The VCU features a reasonable set of SERCOS3 instructions although not the full SERCOS3 standard is implemented. The ECU
side can act as a SERCOS3 master; the logger side can act as a
SERCOS3 slave.

Software Tools (free download)

USB Accessories

Data Analysis tool WinDarab 7

Rugged USB flash drive

System Configuration tool
RaceCon

Logger configuration, calibration and online measurement

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Adapter cable to PC USB-port

Upgrade Customer Code Area CCA

Connectors

Provides the option to run customer developed software code on
Bosch ECU

Connector LIFE (red)AS018-35PN

Mating connector AS618-35SN(not included)

Upgrade I/O Package

Connector SENS-A (yellow)
AS018-35PA

Mating connector AS618-35SA(not included)

Connector SENS-B (blue)
AS018-35PB

Mating connector AS618-35SB(not included)

Communication
4 CAN
Inputs4 Analog channels
0 to 5 V,
0.5 % precision between 0.2 and 4.8 V, switchable pull-up
4 Digital PWM inputs
f_max=30 kHz
Hall-type speed measurement possible,
Fixed pullup 2.15 kOhm (required for Hall),Tooth count differential**
4 LVDT, 5 pin configuration,
excitation frequency 1 to 20 kHz,
excitation voltage 0 to 5 V (rms)

3 Ethernet 100 Mbit
2 Realtime Ethernet SERCOS3
4 CAN*
1 LIN
1 USB
1 RS232 interface for GPS
1 Time sync synchronization Ethernet*can be enhanced by Upgrade I/O Package, see below

Outputs
4 “TTL” Digital output, 10 kHz, PWM, 250 mA each
2 PWM High side; 7.5 A each, PWM, 50 Hz
4 PWM Low side; 2.2 A each, PWM, 10 kHz

Installation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA-Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.

Power Supplies
5 x12 V, 400 mA each
5 switchable 5 V/12 V, 400 mA each** The tooth count differential between any two of the PWM inputs
is available two measure e.g. shaft torsion.
Upgrade High Speed Logging Package
6 ANACommunication

0 to 5 V, 200 kHz logging rate

Control | Vehicle Control Units | 37

Ordering Information
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4P
Order number F02U.V02.966-02
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4P + CCA
Order number F02U.V03.014-01
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4P + I/O_PACK +CCA
Order number F02U.V03.015-01
Software Options
Customer Code Area CCA
Order number F02U.V02.137-01
I/0 Package
Order number F02U.V02.777-01
High Speed Logging Package
Order number F02U.V02.779-01
CCP Master
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
Real Time Ethernet
Order number F02U.V02.782-01
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: yellow
Order number F02U.V02.298-01
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

Dimensions1

38 | Control | Vehicle Control Units

20

1

86.6

16

YAW RATE SENSOR
Drehratensensor

86.6

Displays2

Displays40

40 | Displays | Displays

Overview
2
Display DDU 9

Display DDU 10• Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual
Core Processor• Large trans-reflective color
display• Recording on USB flash drive(opt.)• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possible• Features new user interface
menu• All new display element
design generator• 10 additional LEDs on bothsides of the device• Supports GPS laptrigger, predated lap time etc.
• Page change based on events
possibleDisplays | Displays | 41

Display DDU 9

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

50 ms (standard),
max. 1 ms (optional)

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

100 channels (standard),
up to 1,040 in total (optional)

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

3 GB (standard),
plus 1 GB (optional)

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 for GPS and telemetry

Features Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core Processor

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional) Large trans-reflective color display

Technical Specifications

 Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)

Mechanical Data

 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 Page change based on events possible
The display DDU 9 integrates a programmable fullcolor dashboard display with a data logging system
for motorsport applications for a very competitive
price. Additional input devices can be connected
via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A
basic logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50 ms (3 GB) is always included. The logger
can be upgraded to full logging performance (max.
1 ms). In addition a 2nd logging partition of 1 GB
(e.g. for long term recording) can be activated.
Customers can implement own graphics, pictures
etc. on the 12 freely configurable display pages.
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit
stop, data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness
for the DDU 9.
The device comes with 4 analogue and 4 speed inputs as standard; further 12 analogue inputs areavailable as optional upgrade.
Application
Display• 5.7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 10 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Resolution

640 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

BMP, GIF, JPG, PNG, TIF

Size

151 x 126 x 33.5 mm

Weight540 g

Protection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Operating temperature Display-20 to 70°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

5 to 18 V

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Sensor ground42

42 | Displays | Displays

Environment

2

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

Optional Upgrades
USB KitRugged USB flash drive Bosch
File System (BFS) format,
works with Bosch File System(BFS) preformatted USB Flashdrive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW licence USB-Port unlocked

Pin

Name

Comment

Status20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Ethernet_screen

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.
Incl.

Incl.

CCP_MASTER

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

FULL_LOG_1

Enable full logging performance of 3 GB partition 1

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

FULL_LOG_2

Enable full logging performance of 1 GB partition 2

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog input channels

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on Display

AS216-35PN

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Pin Configuration

Incl.

Incl.

42

ANA_IN_9

Status43

RS232_TX_GPS

KL_31

Incl.

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

2

KL_15

Incl.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

3

KL_30

Incl.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

6

KL_31

Incl.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

7

CAN_2_L

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Communication

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectableIncl.

CAN interfaces

2

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

Incl.

Ethernet 100BaseT2

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

Laptrigger input

1

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

Pin

Name

1

Comment

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Displays | Displays | 43

Installation Notes

Ordering Information

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.

Display DDU 9
Order number F02U.V02.300-02
Software Options
CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
I_O EXTENSOrder number F02U.V02.205-01
Accessories
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01
USB Kit for C 70, C 80, DDU 9, DDU 10 and VCU
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Dimensions2

44 | Displays | Displays

Display DDU 10
2Resolution

800 x 480 pixel

Supported image file formats

PNG, BMP, JPG, GIF

Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out
messages

Up to 256 IDs (128 in and out)

Sampling rate

50 ms standard,max. 1 ms optional

Online data compression

Features

Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

100 channels standard,
up to 1,080 in total optional

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

3 GB standard,plus 1 GB optional

 Features new user interface menu

Ambient light sensor

 All new display element design generator

Technical Specifications

 10 additional LEDs on both sides of the device

Mechanical Data

 Supports GPS laptrigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 Page change based on events possible
The display DDU 10 integrates a programmable fullcolor dashboard display with a data logging system
for motorsport applications. Additional input
devices can be connected via Ethernet, CAN buses
and RS 232.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website. A
basic logging function of 100 channels with recording of 50 ms (3 GB) is always included. The logger
can be upgraded to full logging performance (max.
1 ms). In addition a 2nd logging partition of 1 GB
can be activated.
With the DDU 10, a completely new library ofgraphical elements for the individual design of display pages was implemented and an all-new userinterface menu has been developed for the device.
A configurable input activates the menu structure
and the user can reset for example laptime, fuelconsumption and many more, without having toconnect a laptop to the DDU. The user can also install own graphics, pictures etc. on the 12 freely
configurable display pages. For quick data transferfrom the car, e.g. during pit stop, data copy to a
USB stick is available as an option.

Size

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight875 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 18 V

Current consumption (without
sensor supply)

2 A (at 12 V)

InputsAnalog channels

4 standard,plus 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all analog inputs

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

2Application

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1Display

Sensor supply U_Bat (250 mA)

1

Sensor ground4• 7” graphic color display• 12 user configurable display pages• 20 multicolor freely configurable (RGB) LEDs

Displays | Displays | 45

Environment

LIFE connector

External switch for page selection, 12 steps

B 261 209 658-01

External switch for brightness
adjustment or page selection, 6
steps

B 261 209 659-01

15

CAN_1_H

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

Incl.

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

FULL_LOG_1

Enable full logging performance of 3 GB partition 1

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stickOpt.

FULL_LOG_2

Enable full logging performance of 1 GB partition 2

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog inputs and 2 CAN channels

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

Optional Upgrades
USB Kit

CCP_MASTER

Rugged USB flash drive Bosch
File System (BFS) format included, works with Bosch File
System (BFS) preformatted
USB Flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

CAN speed selectable

Incl.
Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

Connectors and Wires

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

LIFE connector on display
AS216-35PN

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Comment

StatusMating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Auxiliary connector on display
AS212-35PN
Mating connector
AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin Configuration
LIFE connector
Pin

Name

Comment

Status

1

KL_31

Incl.

2

KL_15

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

7

CAN_2_L

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_HIncl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.
CAN speed selectable

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Auxiliary connector
Pin

Name

2

46 | Displays | Displays

Auxiliary connector

2

RS232

Telemetry, GPS
Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

1

UnusedConfiguration via RaceCon

2

Unused3

UnusedCCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)

4

Unused5

Unused6

Unused7

Unused8

UnusedInstallation Notes
Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

9

Ethernet_3_TXP

Incl.

10

Ethernet_3_RXP

Incl.

11

Ethernet_3_RXN

Incl.

12

CAN_4_H

Opt.

13

Unused14

Unused15

Unused16

Unused17

UnusedOrdering Information
Display DDU 10
Order number F02U.V02.659-01
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-02
Software Options
CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

18

Ethernet_screen

Incl.

19

Ethernet_3_TXN

Incl.

20

CAN_4_L

Opt.

21

CAN_3_HOpt.

I_O EXTENSOrder number F02U.V02.205-01

22

CAN_3_L

Opt.

Accessories

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

USB Kit for C 70, C 80, DDU 9, DDU 10 and VCU
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Communication
CAN interfaces

2 standard,plus 2 optional

Ethernet 100BaseT

3

Laptrigger input

1

Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01

Displays | Displays | 47

Dimensions2

48 | Displays | Displays2

Electronics

3

Collision Avoidance Systems

50

Data Loggers

59

Injection Power Stages

69

CAN Keypad

76

Power Boxes

79

Sensor Interfaces

87

Telemetry System

98

Test System106

50 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Overview

3

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO• Radar sensor with integrated
logic• Warning for overtake situations• Easy system adaptation• Universal CAN interface forvarious displays• Visualization via display LEDs

• Approaching vehicle tracking• Left/right passing alerts• Improves visibility of objects
in rain, mist or darkness• Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 51

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M light

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight of radar sensor MRR

199 g

Size

60x70x32 mm

Protection Classification

IP 6K6K (DIN 40 050) IP 6K7(DIN 40 050)

Max. vibration

Randome vibration aeff = 30.8
m/s², 3x8 h (according ISO/DIS
16750-3)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6.5 to 18 V

An external fuse has to beprovided (rec. 10 A).
External overvoltage protection
is required (internal overvoltage protection up to 35 V).
Reverse polarity voltage protection-14 V max. t ≤ 60 sec

Features

Connectors and Wires

 Radar sensor with integrated logic

Mating connector

F037.B00.168-01

Pin 1

GND

 Warning for overtake situations

Pin 2

CAN-H

 Easy system adaptation

Pin 3

CAN-L

 Universal CAN interface for various displays

Pin 4

n.c.

Pin 5

n.c.

Pin 6

n.c.

Pin 7

n.c.

Pin 8

V+

 Visualization via display LEDs
The collision avoidance system CAS-M light helps thedriver to focus on the track and warns him if a car isapproaching from behind. The system provides information about relative speed and distance of theclosest vehicle on the CAN bus. An additional display
with CAN bus interface is required (e.g. DDU 9).
The information is based on a Bosch radar sensor
which contains a FMCW radar transceiver operatingin the frequency range of 76.0 - 77.0 GHz. Targets infront of the sensor are reflecting the radar signal andthe relative speed and distance is determined via
Doppler-effect and beat frequency.
The benefit is even more increased during darkness
or in bad weather conditions. The system interface isvery intuitive and adaptable to the drivers liking.

Installation Notes
The system includes a radar sensor and a detailed user manual.
Ordering information for suitable wiring looms for the different
CAS-M light packages are specified in the user manual.
The system needs to be connected to the vehicle CAN bus (connection to display needed) and supplied with 12 V from the supply
system on board.
The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.
Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm

Application
Operating temperature-40 to 85°C

Storage temperature-20 to 95°C

Range

150 m

Tracks1 Object (nearest)

InterfaceCAN

CAN rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

CAN update rate

50 Hz

To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180-degree field of view.
The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.
Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.
See CAS-M light in action on http://youtu.be/EzpSy-eJRi43

52 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:
Country3

Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland
USA
CanadaJapan
Australia

Country
New ZealandIf the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)
Ordering Information
CAS-M light (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.021-01
CAS-M light (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.220-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (500 kbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.591-01
CAS-M light incl. Display DDU 9 (1 Mbaud)
Order number F02U.V02.592-01

Dimensions

Wiring schematicElectronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 53

3

Dimensions

54 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Collision Avoidance System
CAS-M 3 EVO

3

Radar

85° from 0 to 29 m
70° from 29 to 46 m
50° from 46 to 73 m
42° from 73 to 78 m
20° from 78 to 95 m

Camera78°

Number of tracked objects

Max. 40

Number of displayed classified
objects

Max. 4

Display format

7’’

Display resolution

800 x 480 pixel

User configurable CAN in/out messages
User configurable LEDs
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Display Unit
Features Approaching vehicle tracking
 Left/right passing alerts
 Improves visibility of objects in rain, mist or
darkness Full Bosch Motorsport tool integration
The Collision Avoidance System-Motorsport 3 EVO(CAS-M 3 EVO) features a high-performance Bosch
Motorsport Display Unit for fast video processing(right in the picture), and a Rear Module, composedfrom a Bosch mid-range radar sensor for a wider
field of view in close-up range and a fast responsehigh definition camera (left in the picture).
The CAS-M 3 EVO system provides real time visualization and warns the driver about approaching or
overtaking cars via intuitive marking of the cars on
the display. It helps prevent the most common collisions and allows drivers to focus on the race. With amomentary glance, the driver can tell how many cars
are following and their classification depending on
distance and relative speed. The radar tracks up to
40 objects and marks up to four objects on the display. In addition, bright flashing LEDs alert the driverwhen any car attempts a passing maneuver. All ofthese features work at night or in the rain when visibility is typically poor. Furthermore, the real time
gap of a marked object is measured and can beprovided over CAN or Ethernet.
The CAS-M 3 EVO system is fully integrated in the
Bosch Motorsport Tool environment and can be configured with RaceCon.

Size

198 x 134 x 35 mm

Weight

830 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Rear ModuleSize

120 x 150 x 115 mm

Weight

880 g

Protection classification

IP67

Operating temperature

0 to 70°C (rearview camera internal temperature*)

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)*If the temperature limit is reached, forced air cooling of the camera is recommended.
Electrical Data
Supply voltage (Display andRear Unit)
Current consumption
Display Unit

2 A (at 12 V)

Rear Module

0.7 A (at 12 V)

Communication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet

Time sync synchronization Ethernet

1

Application
Range
Horizontal field of view

95 m

6 to 18 V

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 55

Pin 22

Rear Module
CAN

1x private CAN for radar

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

Software Tools (free download)
Data analysis tool

WinDarab 7 Light

System configuration tool

RaceConRear Module
Pin 1

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 2

GigEthernet_TR2_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 3

GigEthernet_TR2_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 4

GigEthernet_TR1_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 5

GigEthernet_TR1_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 6

GigEthernet_TR0_N (private Ethcamera)Connectors and Wires
Display Unit
Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Rear Module

CAN Low Radar (private CAN
radar)

Motorsport connector on
deviceAS212-35PN

Pin 7

GigEthernet_TR0_P (private Ethcamera)Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Pin 8+12 V Ubat

Pin Configuration

Pin 9+12 V Ubat

Display Unit

Pin 10
GigEthernet_TR3_N (private Ethcamera)+12 V Ubat (optional to display)

Pin 11

GigEthernet_TR3_P (private Ethcamera)CAN High Radar (private CAN
radar)

Pin 12

Pin 3

GigEthernet_TR2_N (private Ethcamera)CAN Low Radar (private CAN
radar)

Pin 13

n.c.

Pin 4

GigEthernet_TR2_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 14GigEthernet_TR3_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 5

GigEthernet_TR1_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 15

GigEthernet Screen

Pin 16

n.c.

Pin 6

GigEthernet_TR1_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 17CAN Screen

Pin 18

GND

Pin 7

GigEthernet_TR0_N (private Ethcamera)Pin 19+12 V Ubat (optional to display)

Pin 8

GigEthernet_TR0_P (private Ethcamera)Pin 20GND

Pin 21

GND (optional to display)

Pin 22

GND (optional to display)

Pin 1
Pin 2

Pin 9

Ethernet_TXP

Pin 10Ethernet_RXP

Pin 11

Ethernet_RXN

Pin 12

CAN_High_Vehicle

Pin 13+12 V KL30

Pin 14+12 V KL15

Pin 15

GND KL31

Pin 16

GND KL31

Pin 17

Time_Sync

Pin 18ETH_Screen

Pin 19Communication
Display Unit
CAN

1x private CAN for radar,
1x CAN

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera,
1x 100Base-T Ethernet
1

Ethernet_TXNTime sync synchronization Ethernet

Pin 20CAN Low Vehicle

Rear ModulePin 21CAN High Radar (private CAN
radar)

CAN

1x private CAN for radar3

56 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

Ethernet

1x private 1GBase-T Ethernet
for camera

Installation Notes

3

The rear unit must be mounted 90° to the vehicles vertical and horizontal axis and within ± 200 mm of the vehicle lateral centerline.
Mounting distance of radar over ground: 300 to 1,000 mm
To achieve the expected performance from the radar sensor, it
must have a clear and unobstructed view. There should be no material over the radar sensor and the sensor should be allowed aclear 180 degree field of view.
Consider the maximum vibration limits for the mounting positionof the rear module. The system is approved referred to vibration
profile 1, see www.bosch-motorsport.com.

Country
Australia
New ZealandIf the MRRe14HBW and hence the CAS-M 3 radar
sensor SCU is not operated within this context, itlies within the customer’s responsibility to ensurecompliance of the application with national regulations and standards, e.g., electromagnetic compatibility and radio spectrum matters.
Link to the up-to-date EU Declaration of Confirmity
DoC:
http://eu-doc.bosch.com(Please enter the model MRRe14HBW on which
CAS-M sensors are based on to find the correct
DoC in the database.)

Check the radar sensor for travel inside the radar bracket. In thiscase, remove the radar sensor and check the locking pins at bothsides of the sensor. Due to vibrations, these pins can be deformed.
Exceeding travel of the sensor can damage the electric contacts.

Ordering Information

The system needs yaw rate and vehicle speed information.

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Cat 6 A standard for Gigabit Ethernet.

Order number F02U.V01.511-02

Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO
Order number F02U.V02.648-02

Without wire (1)This product may contain open source software. Information about
license terms and other obligations is given in the manual.

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

For the private CAN network between display and rear module, notermination resistor is needed in the wiring harness. There are preinstalled termination resistors in the radar sensor and the display.

Order number F02U.V01.511-92

Safety Notes
It is not permitted to use the system as mirror replacement.
Legal
The CAS-M 3 radar sensor is based on the Bosch
Engineering MRRe14HBW radar sensor. The
MRRe14HBW is frequency certified for the following countries:
Country
Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Iceland, Liechtenstein, Norway, Switzerland
USA
CanadaJapan

Wire with open end (2)Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F02U.V01.512-03
Accessories
Display Unit
Order number F02U.V02.660-01
Rear Module

Consisting of parts (A) to (E)Order number F02U.V02.630-02
Radar Bracket (A)Order number F037.D00.084-01
Radar Unit (B)Order number F02U.V02.647-01
Camera Unit (C)Order number F02U.V02.799-01
Wiring Harness (D)Order number F02U.V02.802-01
Interface Module (Housing and Electronics) (E)
Order number F02U.V02.639-01

Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems | 57

Dimensions

3

Display58 | Electronics | Collision Avoidance Systems

3

Rear Module

A: Radar Bracket
B: Radar Sensor
C: Camera
D: Wiring Harness for Radar and Camera
E: Interface Module (Housing and Electronics)
Spare Parts of the Rear Module

Electronics | Data Loggers | 59

Overview

Data Logger C 70

Data Logger C 80

USB Kit3• Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual
Core Processor• Recording on USB flash drive(opt.)• Supports GPS lap trigger,
pre-dated lap time etc.
• High programming flexibility
using mathematical functions
and conditional channels• Aluminum housing• Powerful data logger with up
to 20 GB memory• Supports Bosch multi-logger
configuration• USB recording and full telemetry support• Capacity 2 GB
• Robust brass housing• High performance push-pullconnector• Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and VCUs

60 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 70

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

3 GB (standard), plus 1 GB
(optional)

LTE Ethernet telemetry support, GSM telemetry support
RS232 for GPS and telemetry

3

CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

151 x 126 x 25.5 mm

Weight450 gProtection Classification

IP54 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature internal-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Features Cutting-edge 667 MHz Dual Core Processor
 Recording on USB flash drive (opt.)
 Supports GPS lap trigger, pre-dated lap timeetc.
 High programming flexibility using mathematical
functions and conditional channels
The data logger C 70 integrates a programmabledata logging system for motorsport applications fora very competitive price. Additional input devices
can be connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Data Analysis Software WinDarab is available freeof charge as “WinDarab V7 free” on our website.
The logger can be upgraded to a 2nd logging partition of 1 GB (e.g. for long term recording).
For quick data transfer from the car e.g. during pit
stop, data copy to a USB stick is available as an option. The stick is connected to the wiring harness
for the C 70.
The device comes with 4 analogue and 4 speed inputs as standard; further 12 analogue inputs areavailable as optional upgrade.
Application
Processor

667 MHz Dual Core

Converters

8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Internal power source

Li/Ion capacitor

Electrical Data
Supply voltage
InputsAnalog channels

4 standard, additional 12 optional

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

For all ANA_IN

Wheel speed inputs

4 Hall-effect or DF11, switchable

Outputs
Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

2

Sensor supply 10 V ± 1 %(250 mA)

1

Sensor supply U_Bat 250 mA

1

Sensor ground4

Environment
USB KitRugged USB flash drive Bosch
File System (BFS) format included, works with Bosch File
System (BFS) preformatted
USB Flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

CCP_MASTER

CCP-Master (ASAP2 file from
ECU manufacturer required

FULL_LOG_2

Enable full logging performanceof 1 GB partition 2

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1 ms

Online data compression
Logging rate

Max. 600 kB/s

Recording channels

1,040

5 to 18 V

Electronics | Data Loggers | 61

I_O EXTENSEnable additional 12 analog input channels

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connector on logger

AS216-35PN

Mating connector
AS616-35SN

F02U.000.466-01

Pin Configuration
Pin

Name

Comment

Status

1

KL_31

Incl.

2

KL_15

Incl.

3

KL_30

Incl.

4

Rev_In_3

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

5

Rev_In_1

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

6

KL_31

Incl.

7

CAN_2_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

8

Ethernet_2_TXP

Incl.

9

Ethernet_2_TXN

Incl.

10

Sens_Power_12V

over current protected

Incl.

11

Rev_In_4

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.

12

Rev_In_2

Hall or DF11 switchable

Incl.
Incl.

Pin

Name

Comment

Status37

USB_Device_DN

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

38

RS232_RX_Telemetrye.g. GSM telemetry

Incl.

39

Ethernet_1_TXN

40

Sens_Gnd_1

fused

Incl.

41

ANA_IN_11

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

42

ANA_IN_9

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

43

RS232_TX_GPS

44

ANA_IN_16

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

45

USB_Device_Powerto Bosch USB stick

Opt.

46

Ethernet_1_RXP

47

ANA_IN_12

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

48

ANA_IN_6

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

49

ANA_IN_2

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

50

ANA_IN_13

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

51

ANA_IN_15

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

52

Ethernet_1_RXN

53

ANA_IN_5

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

54

RS232_RX_GPS

for GPS sensor input

Incl.

55

ANA_IN_14

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

Incl.

13

Laptrigger_In

14

CAN_2_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

15

CAN_1_H

CAN speed selectable

Incl.

16

Ethernet_2_RXP

17

Sens_Gnd_4

fused

Incl.

18

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

19

ANA_IN_3

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

20

ANA_IN_4

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

21

Time_Sync

connection to Bosch
ECU

Incl.

Installation Notes

22

CAN_1_LCAN speed selectable

Incl.

23

Com_screen

Ethernet and USB
screenIncl.

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.

24

Ethernet_2_RXN

25

Sens_Gnd_3

fused

Incl.

26

Sens_Power 5V

over current protected

Incl.

27

ANA_IN_7

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

28

ANA_IN_1

3.01 kOhm switchable

Incl.

29

USB_Device_DP

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

30

RS232_TX_Telemetry

Incl.

31

Ethernet_1_TXP

Incl.

32

Sens_Gnd_2

fused

Incl.

33

Sens_Power_10V

over current protected

Incl.

34

ANA_IN_8

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

35

ANA_IN_10

3.01 kOhm switchable

Opt.

36

USB_Device_Gnd

to Bosch USB stick

Opt.

Incl.

Incl.

Communication
CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT

2

Laptrigger input

1

RS232

Telemetry, GPS

Configuration via RaceCon

Over Ethernet or MSA-Box II3

62 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Ordering Information
Data Logger C 70
Order number F02U.V02.302-01
Software Options

3

CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01
FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01
I_O EXTENSOrder number F02U.V02.205-01
Accessories
Vehicle Loom Basic
Order number F02U.V02.735-01
Bench Loom
Order number F02U.V02.349-01
USB Kit for C 70, C 80, DDU 9, DDU 10 and VCU
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

DimensionsElectronics | Data Loggers | 633

64 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Data Logger C 80

Partition 2:
Additional 4 GB with
FULL_LOG_2
3-port network switch
Telemetry Support via Ethernet (recommended) and RS232
RS232 GPS input

3

CCP/XCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

FeaturesSize

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight462 g

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Operating temperature (internal)-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

 Aluminum housing Powerful data logger with up to 20 GB memory

Electrical Data

 Supports Bosch multi-logger configuration

Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

 USB recording and full telemetry support

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

The data logger C 80 is a professional data logging
system for motorsport applications. This allows forsynchronized acquisition of engine data from the
ECU and chassis data from up to 26 analog and 4
digital input channels. Additional input devices canbe connected via Ethernet and CAN buses.
Recorded data from the up to 16 GB logger can be
downloaded via high speed Ethernet.
Software upgrades for the C 80 (field upgradable
by entering a key) activate tailored configurations
like a second logging partition of 4 GB, USB recording, CCP/XCP-master for simple data access tothird party devices, as well as additional input
channels.

InputsAnalog channels

6

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmOutputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V ± 1 % (250mA)

1

Environment

Application

Software Upgrade CCP_MASTER
Converters

10 kHz 12 bit AD converters
with digital low pass filter

Configurable math channels
User configurable CAN in/out messages
Sampling rate

Max. 1,000 Hz for all channels

Online data compression
Logging rate

600 kB/s standard, up to
800 kB/s with FULL_LOG_1

Recording channels

Up to 1.440

Logged data download speed

Max. 1,000 kB/s

Internal storage capacity

Partition 1:
6 GB, up to 16 GB with
FULL_LOG_1,

CCP/XCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from ECU manufacturer required)
Software Upgrade FULL_LOG_1
Enable logging partition 1 with 4 GB memory, 600 kB/s (666 MHz)
Software Upgrade PERF_LOG_1
Increase logging partition 1 from 4 GB to 16 GB memory, 800 kB/
s (866 MHz)
Software Upgrade FULL_LOG_2
Enable logging partition 2 with 4 GB memory. Ideally for protected
access by different teams or to use as long-term logger.
Software Upgrade I_O EXTENS
Additional analog channels

20Electronics | Data Loggers | 65

Rotational channels (input Hall/
inductive)4

Additional sensor supply 5 V(250 mA each)3

Sensor supply 10 V (250 mA)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A), nonregulated

1

RS232

GPS

USB Kit for C 80
Rugged USB flash drive Bosch File System (BFS) format included,
works with BFS preformatted USB flash drive only
Adapter cable to USB-Port
Adapter for wiring harness
SW license USB-Port unlocked

Pin

Name

Description

18

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

19

CAN_A_H

CAN_A - HIGH20

CAN_A_LCAN_A - LOW

21

CAN_B_H

CAN_B - HIGH22

CAN_B_L

CAN_B - LOW

23

USB Power

500mA USB_Power24

USB Data Plus

USB_OTG_Plus

25

USB Data Minus

USB_OTG_Minus

26

USB GND

USB_Ground

27

SENSPWR5_1

28

SENSGND

Connectors and Wires

29

Timestamp

Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

30

LS_GND_1

Low-Side Ground2

31

LS_SWITCH_1

lowside switch 2A

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01

32

LS_SWITCH_2

lowside switch 2A

33

LS_SWITCH_3

lowside switch 2A

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

F02U.004.180-01

34

LS_SWITCH_4

lowside switch 2A35

LS_GND_2

Low-Side Ground2

36

ANAIN_M1_1

0 to 5V Analog

37

ANAIN_M1_2

0 to 5V Analog

38

ANAIN_M1_3

0 to 5V Analog

39

ANAIN_M1_4

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M1_5

0 to 5V Analog

41

ANAIN_M1_6

0 to 5V Analog

Pin Layout
ASDD212-41PN
Pin

Name

Description

1

KL30

2; 3

KL15

4; 5

KL31

6

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

7

Ethernet Channel0 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

Ethernet Channel0 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

9Ethernet Channel0 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

10

Ethernet Schirm

11

ASDD212-41PA
Pin

Name

1

UBATT_FUSE12

SENSPWR10_1

3

SENSPWR5_2

4

SENSPWR5_3

Ethernet Schirm

5

SENSPWR5_4

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

6

SENSGND7SENSGND

12

Ethernet Channel1 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

8

RS232A TX

RS232A - Transmit

9

RS232A RX

RS232A - Receive

13

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

10

RS232B TX

RS232A - Transmit

11

RS232B RX

RS232A - Receive

14

Ethernet Channel1 Rx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX-

12

RS232_GND

RS232_GND

15

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX+

13

REV1_PDHE I/P or Inductive - KW+

14

REV1_MDHE I/P or Inductive - KW-

Ethernet Channel2 Tx
minus

Wire Ethernet_0 - TX-

15

REV2_PDHE I/P or Inductive - KW+

16

REV2_MDHE I/P or Inductive - KW-

Ethernet Channel2 Rx
plus

Wire Ethernet_0 - RX+

17

REV3_PDHE I/P or Inductive - KW+

18

REV3_MDHE I/P or Inductive - KW-

16
17

Description3

66 | Electronics | Data Loggers

3

Installation Notes

Pin

Name

Description

19

REV4_PDHE I/P or Inductive - KW+

20

REV4_MDHE I/P or Inductive - KW-

21

ANAIN_M1_7

0 to 5V Analog

22

ANAIN_M1_8

0 to 5V Analog

23

ANAIN_M1_9

0 to 5V Analog

24

ANAIN_M1_10

0 to 5V Analog

25

ANAIN_M1_11

0 to 5V Analog

26

ANAIN_M1_12

0 to 5V Analog

27

ANAIN_M1_13

0 to 5V Analog

28

ANAIN_M1_14

0 to 5V Analog

29

ANAIN_M1_15

0 to 5V Analog

30

ANAIN_M1_16

0 to 5V Analog

31

ANAIN_M2_1

0 to 5V Analog

32

ANAIN_M2_2

0 to 5V Analog

33

ANAIN_M2_3

0 to 5V Analog

Data Logger C 80 Logger Pack

34

ANAIN_M2_4

0 to 5V Analog

Incl. FULL_LOG_1

35

ANAIN_M2_5

0 to 5V Analog

36

ANAIN_M2_6

0 to 5V Analog

Incl. I_O EXTENS37

ANAIN_M2_7

0 to 5V Analog

Order number F02U.V03.082-01

38

ANAIN_M2_8

0 to 5V Analog

Software Options

39

ANAIN_M2_9

0 to 5V Analog

40

ANAIN_M2_10

0 to 5V Analog

CCP_MASTER
Order number F02U.V02.213-01

41

LAPTRIGGER

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Depending on your experience calibrating Bosch ECUs, we recommend calibration support from Bosch Motorsport.
Please remember that the mating connectors and the programming interface MSA Box II are not included and must be orderedseparately.
Not reverse polarity protected on supply or outputs.
Software
The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.
Download data and save configurations before sending device as it
will be reset during service.
Ordering Information

Order number F02U.V03.083-01
Data Logger C 80 Sensor Interface Pack

FULL_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V02.304-01

Communication

PERF_LOG_1
Order number F02U.V03.054-01

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

FULL_LOG_2
Order number F02U.V02.305-01

CAN interfaces

2

Ethernet 100BaseT3

I_O EXTENSOrder number F02U.V02.205-01

Telemetry

Ethernet or RS232

Accessories

Lap trigger input

1

USB Kit for C 70, C 80, DDU 9, DDU 10 and VCU
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

Electronics | Data Loggers | 67

Technical Specifications

USB KitMechanical Data
Housing material

Brass

Weight42 gLength72 mmBore diameter

15.5 mmElectrical Data
Capacity

2 GB

Specification

USB 1.1/2.0

Data rate

USB 2.0 up to 480 MBit/s

Connectors and Wires
Pin layout for connection to vehicle loom (see also Dimensions)
Pin 1

Data -

Pin 2

+5 V

Pin 3

GND

Features

Pin 4

Data +

 Capacity 2 GB

Content of the Kit

 Robust brass housing

Rugged USB flash drive
Adapter cable to PC USB-Port

 High performance push-pull connector
 Compatible with Data Loggers, Displays and
VCUs
The USB Kit enables your DDU, data logger or VCU
to store data on a USB flash drive. The Kit includes arugged USB flash drive, an adapter cable to USB-port
and a connection socket to the wiring harness. A key
number to unlock the USB-port is also part of theKit.
The rugged USB flash drive is securely mounted
within a rugged brass housing designed to provide
full protection against extreme environmental conditions. It is IP68 protected and resistant to extreme
operating temperatures (-30 to 85°C). The USB flash
drive is equipped with a rugged protection cap.

Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loom side
Software license for USB-Port unlocked
Installation Notes
The USB flash drive should be fixed on a soft surface to reducestress.
Ordering Information
USB Kit
Order number F02U.V02.214-01
USB Kit for C 60
Order number F02U.V00.872-02
Accessories
Rugged USB flash drive
Order number F02U.V01.342-03

Application
Operating temperature range-30 to 85°C

Protection class

IP68

Tightening torque of Backnut
for connection socket

1.5 to 2.0 Nm

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 3 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Adapter cable to PC USB-PortOrder number F02U.V01.343-01
Mating connector for USB flash drive on car loomside
Order number F02U.002.996-01
USB Kit for C 70, C 80, DDU 9, DDU 10 and VCU
Order number F02U.V02.214-01

3

68 | Electronics | Data Loggers

Dimensions

3Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 69

Overview

Injection Power Stage HPI 5 Injection Power Stage HPI 5- Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C
M 8C• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 550 g• Max. 4 cylinders• Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)• 400 g• Max. 8 cylinders• Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)• 440 g3

70 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Injection Power Stage HPI 5

3

Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

7,000

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

14,000Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 85°C

Size (incl. connectors)

190 x 123 x 36 mm

Weight

550 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

10 to 16 V

Features

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

 Max. 8 cylinders

Nominal voltage

14 V

 Max. 14,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)

Connectors and Wires 550 gMating connector

The injector power stage HPI 5 is a device for driving
injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU up to 8
injectors can be driven. The injectors are gathered in
4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within a group only one
injector can be switched on at the same time. The 4
groups are totally independent, so that overlapping
injection of injectors of different groups is possible.
The HPI 5 is mainly designed to drive the Bosch highpressure pump HDP 5. Communication between
main ECU and the HPI 5 is realized via CAN interface.

D261.205.353-01

Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Optimized for Bosch HDP 5
Order number F02U.V00.929-02
Injection Power Stage HPI 5

Optimized for Hitachi HDP Gen 1
Order number F02U.V01.055-02

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 71

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 4C

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS616-26SN

3

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output
low side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_LS6

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #4

G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_HS6

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #4

H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_HS2

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #2

 Max. 15,000 rpm (4 cyl. operation)I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_LS2

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #2

 400 gK

O_P_BANK2_LS3_LS3

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #3

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_HS3

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #3

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_HS1

Injector control output, Highside of HDEV Injector #1

N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_LS1

Injector control output, Low
side of HDEV Injector #1

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal
for injector #1

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output
high sideS

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal
for injector #2

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL1"

W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal
for injector #4

X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN
Low"

Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN
High"

a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal
for injector #3

Features Max. 4 cylinders

The injector power stage HPI 5-M 4C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 4 injectors can be driven. Overlapping injectionof injectors is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP
5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5M is realized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

4

Max. rpm (4 cyl. operation)

15,000Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 2008

Weight

400 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

72 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

Communication

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 Ab

I_P_1SEL0

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "SEL0"c

I_P_1ON

Flow control valve #1, input
signal "ON"3
Dimensions

1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C
Order number F02U.V01.629-01

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 73

Injection Power Stage HPI 5M 8C

Weight440 g

Electrical Data
Voltage supply

14 V

Operating voltage

12 to 16 V

Operation voltage (engine
start)

6.5 to 16 V

Nominal voltage

14 V

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector

AS616-26SN
AS614-19SN

Pin Configuration
16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

Features Max. 8 cylinders
 Max. 8,000 rpm (8 cyl. operation)

Pin

Name

Comment

A

O_P_FSCVL1

Flow control valve #1 output low
side

B

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

C

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

D

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

E

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

F

O_P_BANK2_LS4_L
S6Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)G

O_P_BANK2_HS4_H
S6

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #4 (6-cyl. engine:#6)H

O_P_BANK1_HS2_H
S2

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)I

O_P_BANK1_LS2_L
S2Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #2 (6-cyl. engine:#2)K

O_P_BANK2_LS3_L
S3Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

L

O_P_BANK2_HS3_H
S3

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #3 (6-cyl. engine:#3)

M

O_P_BANK1_HS1_H
S1

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)N

O_P_BANK1_LS1_L
S1

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #1 (6-cyl. engine:#1)

P

I_P_HPINJD1_D1

Injector control, input signal for injector #1 (6-cyl. engine: #1)

R

O_P_FSCVH1

Flow control valve #1 output highside

S

I_P_HPINJD2_D2

Injector control, input signal for injector #2 (6-cyl. engine: #2)

T

V_V_BAT_R

Battery plus

 440 g
The injector power stage HPI 5-M 8C is a device fordriving injectors and high pressure pumps for gasoline direct injection. Combined with a suitable ECU
up to 8 injectors can be driven. The injectors aregathered in 4 groups of 2 injectors each. Within agroup only one injector can be switched on at thesame time. The 4 groups are totally independent, sothat overlapping injection of injectors of different
groups is possible. The HPI 5-M is mainly designed
to drive the Bosch high pressure pump HDP 5. Communication between main ECU and the HPI 5-M isrealized via CAN interface.
Application
Max. number of cylinders

8Max. rpm (8 cyl. operation)

8,000

Max. rpm (6 cyl. operation)

9,500

Optimized for Bosch high pressure injection valve HDEV 5 andBosch high pressure pump HDP 5
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Aluminum housing
Each connector pin individually filtered
Housing temperature-25 to 100°C

Size (incl. connectors)

167 x 97 x 39 mm

Protection Classification

IP67 to DIN 40050, Section 9,
Issue 20083

74 | Electronics | Injection Power Stages

16-26 (size 16) 26#20 7,5 A

3

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A

U

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

V

I_P_1SEL1

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL1"W

I_P_HPINJD4_D6

Injector control, input signal for injector #4 (6-cyl. engine: #6)

X

I_S_T15

Input "Terminal 15" (Ignition
switch)Y

B_D_CANLCAN Interface, Signal "CAN Low"Z

B_D_CANHCAN Interface, Signal "CAN High"a

I_P_HPINJD3_D3

Injector control, input signal for injector #3 (6-cyl. engine: #3)b

I_P_1SEL0

Flow control valve #1, input signal"SEL0"c

I_P_1ON

Flow control valve #1, input signal"ON"

G

O_P_BANK1_HS6_H
S5

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)H

O_P_BANK2_HS8

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)I

O_P_BANK2_LS8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)K

I_P_HPINJD8

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #8 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)L

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

M

O_P_FSCVH2

Flow control valve #2 output highsideN

I_P_2SEL0

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL0"

14-19 (size 14) 19#20 7,5 A
Pin

Name

Comment

P

I_P_HPINJD7

A

I_P_HPINJD6_D5

Injector control, input signal for injector #6 (6-cyl. engine: #5)

Injector control, input signal for injector #7 (6-cyl. engine: not used)

R

I_P_2SEL1

B

O_P_BANK1_LS5_L
S4Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)

Flow control valve #2, input signal"SEL1"S

O_P_FSCVL2

Flow control valve #2 output low
sideC

O_P_BANK1_HS5_H
S4

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #5 (6-cyl. engine:#4)T

G_G_BAT

Battery minus

U

I_P_2ON

Flow control valve #2, input signal"ON"

D

O_P_BANK2_HS7

Injector control output, High side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)V

I_P_HPINJD5_D4

Injector control, input signal for injector #5 (6-cyl. engine: #4)

E

O_P_BANK2_LS7

Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #7 (6-cyl. engine:
not used)F

O_P_BANK1_LS6_L
S5Injector control output, Low side of
HDEV Injector #6 (6-cyl. engine:#5)

Communication
1 CAN (1 Mbaud)
Ordering Information
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C
Order number F02U.V01.630-01

Electronics | Injection Power Stages | 75

Dimensions3

76 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

CAN Keypad CK-M12

3

Characteristics
Signal output

CAN

CAN transmit rate

100 Hz*CAN baud rate

1 Mbaud*

TX ID

0x800*

RX ID

0x801*TX Data

1 bit status for each input

RX Data

4 bit integer for each indicator
color, 4 bit integer for brightness* Custom CAN IDs / baud Rate Optional Upon Request
Note: CK-M12 DBC file available for CAN configuration
Connectors and Wires
CK-M12 Termination

Flying Lead 24AWG

Recommended Connectors
Features

CK-M12AS610-35PN

MatingAS110-35SN

 12 standard buttons with color indicator rings

Wire Identification

 9 additional digital switch inputs

Wire

FunctionRed

12/24 V PowerBlack

GroundYellow

CAN high (CANH)GreenCAN low (CANL)White, Black Trace

Digital Input 1 activated by
GroundWhite, Brown Trace

Digital Input 2 activated by
GroundWhite, Red Trace

Digital Input 3 activated by
GroundWhite, Orange Trace

Digital Input 4 activated by
GroundWhite, Yellow Trace

Digital Input 5 activated by
GroundWhite, Green Trace

Digital Input 6 activated by
GroundWhite, Blue Trace

Digital Input 7 activated by
GroundWhite, Purple Trace

Digital Input 8 activated by
GroundWhite, Grey Trace

Digital Input 9 activated by
Ground Moveable button inserts
 CAN input / output
The CAN Keypad CK-M12 allows for simplification of
the dashboard by offering 12 buttons and 9 additional wired inputs to be evaluated and transmitted
via CAN bus to other devices on the bus. Each button has an individually addressable LED indicating
ring that can be used to acknowledge a button press
event, indicate status of a device, or alert the driverto a fault condition. No special configuration software is needed, all feedback logic is done by PBX,DDU or ECU. Each keypad is supplied with 15 black
inserts, optional insert kits are also available.
Application
Usage

PBX / DDU / ECU Interface

Temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight280 g

Max. vibration

11 ms 30 G peak

Sealing

IP68

Electrical Data

Insert Kits
Insert Road Race Kit

Power supply Vs

9 to 32 V

A/C

Average current draw

100 mAABS

Max current draw

250 mA

Alarm Reset
Anti-LagElectronics | CAN Keypad | 77

Insert Road Race Kit

Insert Road Race Kit

Arrow x 4

ReverseBrake Spray

SelectBoost Decrease

Starter

Boost Increase

Traction Control Down

Brightness Down

Traction Control Up

Brightness Up

Wet Mode

Close Menu

Windshield Spray

Cool Suit

Windshield Wiper

Cooling Fan
Day/Night Mode
Drink
Flash Hi Beam
Fuel Reserve

Insert Drag Race Kit
A/C
Alarm Reset
Anti-Lag
Arrow x 4

Fuel Reset
Boost Decrease
Full Course Yellow
Function Toggle
Gearbox Emergency
Hazard Flasher
Heated Windshield
Helmet Fan

Boost Increase
Brightness Down
Brightness Up
Burnout
Close Menu

High Beam

Cooling Fan

Horn

Day/Night Mode

LaunchLow Beam

Function Toggle

Map Down

Hazard Flasher

Map UpHigh Beam

NeutralHorn

Open Menu

LaunchPage Down

Line Lock

Page Up

Low BeamPDU Reset
Pit Switch

Map Down
Map UpNitrous Arm

PowerPower Steering Reset
Pump Out
Push to Pass

Nitrous Purge
Open Menu
Page Down

Radiator Spray
Rain Light
Reset

Page UpPDU Reset3

78 | Electronics | CAN Keypad

Insert Drag Race Kit

Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit

Power

K

2

L

3

M

4

Push to Pass

N

5

Reset

O

6

P

7

Q

8

R

9

Traction Control Down

S

10Traction Control Up

T

11

Transmission Brake

U

12

Windshield Spray

Installation Notes

Windshield Wiper

Installation on flat surface recommended

Pump Out

3

SelectStarter

Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit

Bolt size#10-32Tightening Torque

0.7 +/- 0.1 Nm

A

V

B

W

C

X

D

Y

CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-02

E

Z

Accessories

F

!

G

-

Insert Road Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.022-01

H

+

I

0

J

1

Dimensions

Ordering Information

Insert Drag Race Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.023-01
Insert Alpha/Numeric Kit
Order number F02U.B0U.024-01

Electronics | Power Boxes | 79

Overview

PowerBox PBX 90

PowerBox PBX 190

3• 120 A continuous current• 36 outputs, 80 A high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Software-tool integrated• Easy programming of complex functions• 250 A continuous current• 52 outputs, 48 V high sideswitches• Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication• Precision current measurement• Easy programming of complex functions

80 | Electronics | Power Boxes

PowerBox PBX 90

Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)
4 high power channels up to 25 A
22 high power channels up to 15 A
6 multi purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)

3

1 sensor supply 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]1

HP_OUT3

40

150

2

OUT22

15

100

3

PWM_OUT6

15

75

4

OUT21

15

100

5

ANA_IN07

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

 120 A continuous current

6

ANA_IN08

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

 36 outputs, 80 A high side switches

7

PWM_OUT4

15

8

CAN_3_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

SENSGND

GND for AIN[x] Software-tool integrated

10

SENSPWR_5V

0.4

 Easy programming of complex functions

11

PWM_OUT2

15

75

12

PWM_OUT1

15

75

13

HP_OUT4

40

150

14

ANA_IN03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

15

ANA_IN04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

DIG_IN3

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

17

DIG_IN4

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

18

ANA_IN09

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

19

ANA_IN10

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Technical Specifications

20

CAN_3_L

1 Mbaud max.

Mechanical Data

21

BAT_GND

15100

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.

75

Size

214 x 159 x 57.5 mm

22

BAT_GND

15

100

Weight

830 g

23

BAT_GND

15100

Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

24

BAT_GND

15

100

25

HP_OUT7

25

150

26

OUT19

15

100

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 20 V

27

ANA_IN05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Current consumption

<1 A

28

OUT20

15

Maximum recommended output current

120 A continuously>180 A peak current (2 s)29

ANA_IN06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

30

OUT17

15

100

Inputs

31

OUT18

15

100

12 analogue inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors

32

ANA_IN11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

4 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors

33

OUT15

15

100

34

OUT16

15

100

100

Electronics | Power Boxes | 81

Connector X1: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 1

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

35

ANA_IN12

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

32

LIN

36

PWM_OUT3

15

75

37

PWM_OUT5

1575

Control of Bosch Motorsport LIN devices
included. Support of other devices on request.

38

HP_OUT8

25

150

33

OUT05

15

34

SHIELD_GND

shield

35

OUT06

15

100

Connector X2: 38 way (ABS/ESR) Code 2

100

Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]

36

OUT03

15

100

1

HP_OUT1

40

150

37

OUT04

15

100

2

OUT14

15

100

38

HP_OUT6

25

150

3

OUT13

15

100

4

OUT02

15

100

5

OUT01

15

100

6

TIMESTAMP_I
NOUT

1 kHz open drain

7

CAN_2_H

1 Mbaud max.

8

CAN_1_H

1 Mbaud max.

9

ETH_1_RXN

10/100 Mbps

10

ETH_1_TXN

10/100 Mbps

11

ETH_2_RXN

10/100 Mbps

12ETH_2_TXN

10/100 Mbps

13

HP_OUT2

40

150

14

BAT_GND

15

100

15

ANA_IN01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

16

ANA_IN02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.

17

DIG_IN1

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

Ordering Information

18

DIG_IN2

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pull-down

19

CAN_2_L

1 Mbaud max.

20

CAN_1_L

1 Mbaud max.

21

ETH_1_RXP

10/100 Mbps

CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-02

22

ETH_1_TXP

10/100 Mbps

Accessories

23

ETH_2_RXP

10/100 Mbps

24

ETH_2_TXP

10/100 Mbps

Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.B00.760-01

25

HP_OUT5

25

150

26

OUT11

15

100

27

OUT09

15

100

28

OUT12

15

100

29

OUT10

15

100

30

OUT07

15

100

Power Cable 35 mm²

31

OUT08

15

100

L: 2,000 mm

Connector X3: Amphenol Radsok Automotive Pinlock Connector 8
mm (35 mm², 50 mm²)
Pin

Used forCont. [A]Peak [A]1

BATT_POS

120

180

Communication
CAN

3

Ethernet

2LIN

1, Control of Bosch Motorsport
LIN devices included. Supportof other devices on request.

Installation Notes

PowerBox PBX 90
Order number F02U.V01.794-06

Mating Connector X2
Order number F02U.B00.761-01
Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.003.574-01
Power Cable 16 mm²

L: 2,000 mm
Order number F02U.V02.047-01

Order number F02U.V02.048-01
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01

3

82 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Dimensions

3Electronics | Power Boxes | 83

PowerBox PBX 190

Inputs18 analogue inputs (16 bit resolution) switchable pull-up resistors
10 digital inputs switchable pull-up/pull-down resistors
Outputs
4 high power channels up to 40 A (parallel up to 80 A)

3

10 high power channels up to 25 A
26 high power channels up to 15 A
4 high side channels up to 25 A, up to 48 V
8 multi-purpose outputs up to 15 A (low side, high side, push-pull,
PWM; two output stages can be combined to form an H-bridge)
2 sensor supplies 5 V with individual ground pin
SoftwareFunction development and calibration tool

Bosch Motorsport PBX Suite

Pin Configuration
Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

Features

Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A] 250 A continuous current

A

HS_15A X1_A

15

100

 52 outputs, 48 V high side switches

B

HS_15A X1_B

15

100

C

HS_15A X1_C

15

100

 Ethernet, CAN and LIN communication

D

HS_15A X1_D

15

100

 Precision current measurement

E

HS_15A X1_E

15

100

 Easy programming of complex functions

F

HS_15A X1_F

15

100

G

HS_15A X1_G

15

100

H

HS_15A X1_H

15

100

J

HS_15A X1_J

15

100

K

HS_15A X1_K

15

100

L

HS_15A X1_L

15

100

M

HS_15A X1_M

15

100

N

HS_15A X1_N

15

100

P

PWM_15A X1_P

15

60

R

PWM_15A X1_R

15

60

The PowerBox is an intelligent control and distribution unit for the electric grid in a modern racing car,which is seamlessly integrated into the Bosch
Motorsport system architecture. It is capable to replace all conventional relays, fuses and circuit breakers, simplifies wiring harnesses and provides diagnostic capabilities. The integrated PBX-software
guarantees an easy programming of complex functions by intuitive handling.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataS

PWM_15A X1_S

15

60

Size

245 x 183 x 37 mm

T

PWM_15A X1_T

1560

Weight1,270 gU

HS_15A X1_U

15

100

Protection Classification

IP67

V

HS_15A X1_V

15

100

W

HS_15A X1_W

15

100

X

HS_15A X1_X

15

100

Y

HS_15A X1_Y

15

100

Z

HS_15A X1_Z

15

100

a

HS_15A X1_a

15

100

b

HS_15A X1_b

15

100

c

PWM_15A X1_c

15

60

d

PWM_15A X1_d

15

60

e

PWM_15A X1_e

15

60

f

PWM_15A X1_f

1560Internal G-sensors
Temp. range (at internalsensors)-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1(see www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

5 to 16 V

Current consumption<1 A continuously

Maximum recommended output current

250 A continuously; >310 A
peak current (2 s)

84 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Connector X1: 37 Pins / 8STA62437SA

3

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SNg

HS_15A X1_g

15

100

7

Analog Input X5_07

0 to 5 V, Pull-uphHS_15A X1_h

15

100

8

Analog Input X5_08

0 to 5 V, Pull-upkHS_15A X1_k

15

100

9

CAN 3 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaudm

HS_15A X1_m

15

100

10

Analog Input X5_10

0 to 5 V, Pull-upnHS_15A X1_n

15

100

11

Analog Input X5_11

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

pPower KL31

15

-

12

Analog Input X5_12

0 to 5 V, Pull-upqPower KL31

15

-

13

Digital Input X5_13

rPower KL31

15-

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

14

Digital Input X5_14

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X2: 1 Pin / 8STA61201BN261
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]15

CAN 3 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

1

Power Supply 12 V

200

240

16

LIN

Control of Bosch
Motorsport LIN devices
included. Support ofother devices on request.

Connector X3: 19 Pins / 8STA62419SN
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS_25A X3_A

25

150

B

HS_25A X3_B

25

150

17

Analog Input X5_17

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

C

HS_25A X3_C

25

150

18

Analog Input X5_18

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

DGND-fused

5A

D

HS_25A X3_D

25

150

19

E

HS_25A X3_E

25

150

20

DGND-fused

5A

F

HS_25A X3_F

25

150

21

Digital Input X5_21

G+H

HS_40A X3_G_H

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

J+T

HS_40A X3_J_T

40

150

22

Digital Input X5_22

K+U

HS_40A X3_K_U

40

150

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

L+N

HS_40A X3_L_N

40

150

23

SERCOS1 TXP

M

HS_25A X3_M

25

150

24

SERCOS1 TXN

P

HS_25A X3_P

25

150

25

do not connect (use for internal debugging)R

HS_25A X3_R

25

150

26

do not connect (use for internal debugging)S

HS_25A X3_S

25

150

27

Analog Input X5_27

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

V

Power KL31

25

-

28

Digital Input X5_28

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

29

Digital Input X5_29

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown
0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Connector X4: 6 Pins / 8STA61606SA
Pin

SignalCont. [A]Peak [A]A

HS48V_25A X4_A

25

100

30

Analog Input X5_30

B

HS48V_25A X4_B

25

100

31

KL31-fused

C

HS48V_25A X4_C

25

100

32

SERCOS1 RXP
SERCOS1 RXN

D

HS48V_25A X4_D

25

100

33

E

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

34

do not connect (use for internal debugging)F

Supply up to 48 V for X4

25

35

35

do not connect (use for internal debugging)

36

Digital Input X5_36

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

37

Digital Input X5_37

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN
Pin

Signal1

Analog Input X5_01

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

2

Analog Input X5_02

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

38

Analog_Screen

3

Analog Input X5_03

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

39

Analog Input X5_39
KL31-fused

4

Analog Input X5_04

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

40

5

Analog Input X5_05

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

41

SERCOS2 RXP

6Analog Input X5_06

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

42

SERCOS2 RXN

0 to 5 V, Pull-upElectronics | Power Boxes | 85

Connector X5: 66 Pins / 8STA6-18-35SN

LIN

1Control of Bosch Motorsport
LIN devices included. Supportof other devices on request.

Real time ethernet Sercos (optional)

2

43

Digital Input X5_43

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

44

Digital Input X5_44

0 to 12 V, Pull-up, Pulldown

45

Sensor GND for X5_51

5A46

Timesync

47

COM_Screen

48

CAN 1 Interface High-Level

49

SERCOS2 TXP

50

SERCOS2_TXN

51

Powersupply_5V X5_51

400 mA

52

Sensor GND for X5_58

5A53

ETHERNET1 RXN

10/100 Mbps

54

ETHERNET0 RXN

10/100 Mbps

55

CAN 2 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

56

CAN 1 Interface Low-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

Mating Connector X1
Order number F02U.004.387-01

57

Analog Input X5_57

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

Mating Connector X2

58

Powersupply_5V X5_58

400 mA59

ETHERNET1 RXP

10/100 Mbps

60

ETHERNET1 TXN

10/100 Mbps

Socket 35 mm2

61

ETHERNET0 TXN

10/100 Mbps

Order number F02U.B01.045-01

62

CAN 2 Interface High-Level

Max. 1 Mbaud

Mating Connector X3
Order number F02U.004.386-01

63

Analog Input X5_63

0 to 5 V, Pull-up

64

ETHERNET1 TXP

10/100 Mbps

65

ETHERNET0 RXP

10/100 Mbps

66

ETHERNET0 TXP

10/100 Mbps

Installation Notes
Max. 1 Mbaud

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, no components to replace.
Ordering Information

Communication
CAN

3

Ethernet

2

PowerBox PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.626-03
CAN Keypad CK-M12
Order number F02U.V0U.328-02
Accessories

Socket 25 mm²Order number F02U.B01.044-01
Mating Connector X2

Mating Connector X4
Order number F02U.004.388-01
Mating Connector X5
Order number F02U.000.472-02
Connector Opening Tool for Shellsize 24
Order number F02U.V02.434-01
Breakout Box
Order number F02U.V02.523-01

3

86 | Electronics | Power Boxes

Dimensions

3Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 87

Overview

Lambdatronic LT4• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or MiniLSU 4.9• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter• ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface• Lightweight Aluminum Housing

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV• Supply of up to 4 Boschlambda sensors, type LSU
ADV• Integrated voltage compensation for sensor heater

Modular Sensor Interface M Modular Sensor Interface
60
MSI 60• 30 input channels• Each channel individuallyconfigurable• Compact dimensions• 50 sensor inputs (differential
analogue, single ended analogue, LVDT, frequency,
RS232)• High quality signal processing• Compact dimensions3

88 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4

3Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Features

Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

 Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

 Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heaterSignal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzThe Lambdatronic LT4 provides controlled pumping
current to supply up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors,
type LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9. The lambda
value, the sensor temperature and diagnostics areavailable via CAN and analog signal.
The LSU contains a Nernst and a pump cell. The
lambda in the Nernst cell is controlled to lambda =1.013 independent of the oxygen contents on theemission side, through a current through the pumpcell. The current proportional output voltage of the
IC is a measure of the lambda value.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is the combination of the Bosch well known lambda IC and avery compact box size with motorsport specification.
Furthermore the analog signal output can be configured freely.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)Application

Lambda 0.75 to 10.12

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9, MiniLSU 4.9

Channels

48Analog out 1

HeaterInternal

9

Analog out 2

10

Analog out 3

Technical Specifications

11

Analog out 4

Mechanical Data

12

Reference GND for analog out

Weight with wire

98 g

13

ShieldSealing

100 % humidity

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Mounting

Velcro15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1Size w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

16Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 89

Installation Notes

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

18

Setup current LSU 1 IA1

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Setup current LSU 2 IA225

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM328

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+3

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

30

Setup current LSU 3 IA331

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Setup current LSU 4 IA437

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Communication
Communication link
Dimensions

K-Line / CAN

Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
The LT4 is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU 4.2, LSU 4.9 or Mini-LSU 4.9
The LT4 is featured with voltage compensation for the heating profile
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 function sheet for software documentation (e.g. CAN
protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4Order number F01T.A20.070-093

90 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Lambdatronic LT4 ADV

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

3

Weight with wire

98 g

Sealing

100 % humidity

Mounting

VelcroSize w/o wire (w*l*h)

54 x 59 x 13 mm

Operating temp. range (housing)-20 to 85°C

Storage temp. range-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features Supply of up to 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADV Integrated voltage compensation for sensor
heater
The Lambdatronic LT4 ADV is a control module designed to supply and control up to four BoschLSU ADV. The lambda sensor LSU ADV offers extended features as an improved robustness, a shorter
heating time and less influence from the ambientpressure.
The LSU ADV contains a Nernst cell and a pump cell.
The lambda value between the Nernst cell and an internal oxygen reference chamber is controlled tolambda 1.013, independent of the oxygen concentration on the emission side. This happens thanks tothe pump current throw the pump cell, responsible
for the transmission of oxygen atoms in the sensor
ceramic. The current proportional output voltage of
the IC is translated in a lambda value. The LT4 ADV
provides the sensors temperature and other diagnostics parameters over CAN. The 4 lambda signals
can be read by using the CAN or analog output.
The main feature and benefit of this unit is its compact design, its lightweight construction, as well as
the possibility to control up to 4 Lambda Sensors
LSU ADV with multiple user-configurable parameters.
Application
Application

Lambda 0.75 to 5

Compatible Bosch sensor type

LSU ADV

Channels

4

HeaterInternal

Power supply US(6.5) 10 to 14 V

Max power supply (1 min) US

Max. 26 V

Thermal dissipation loss

3 W at 14 V

Current Is

5A

Current Is (Heating up)

26 A

Software Tool (free download)
System Configuration tool RaceCon 2.7.0.9 or later
Characteristic
Signal output 1

CAN

Signal output 2

4 x 0 to 5 V “analog”

CAN- baud rate

500 kbaud or 1 Mbaud

Signal resolution

2,5 * 10-4 lambda

Signal sampling rate

100 HzCAN refresh rate

100 HzConnectors and Wires
Connector

AS614-35PN

Connector loom
AS114-35SN

F02U.000.365-01

SleeveViton

Wire size

26

Wire length L

20 cm

Pin Assignment
Pin

Function1+ 12 V (Battery +)2+ 12 V (Battery +)3

Ground (Battery -)4Ground (Battery -)5

K-Line diagnostic connection

6

CAN1 + (high)7

CAN1 - (low)8

Analog out 1

9Analog out 2Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 91

Communication

10

Analog out 3

11

Analog out 4

12Reference GND for analog out

13

ShieldInstallation Notes

14

Pump current LSU 1 IP1Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 2 years

15

Virtual GND LSU 1 VM1

16

Heater PWM LSU 1 Uh-1

17

Heater (Batt +) LSU 1 Uh+1

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program18

Not connected

19

Nernst voltage LSU 1 UN1

20

Pump current LSU 2 IP221

Virtual GND LSU 2 VM222

Heater PWM LSU 2 Uh-2

23

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 2 Uh+2

24

Not connected

To avoid signal errors, a cable length of maximum 1.5 m between
sensor and box is recommended.

25

Nernst voltage LSU 2 UN2

The unit is secure from miss-pinning.

26

Pump current LSU 3 IP327Virtual GND LSU 3 VM3The reference ground (GND_REF) has to be connected either tothe measuring device or to the system ground.

28

Heater PWM LSU 3 Uh-3

29

Heater (Batt +) LSU 3 Uh+330

Not connected

31

Nernst voltage LSU 3 UN3

32

Pump current LSU 4 IP433

Virtual GND LSU 4 VM434

Heater PWM LSU 4 Uh-4

35

Heater (Batt. +) LSU 4 Uh+4

36

Not connected

37

Nernst voltage LSU 4 UN4Dimensions

Communication link

K-Line / CAN

The LT4 ADV is designed to supply 4 Bosch lambda sensors, type
LSU ADVThe LT4 ADV is featured with voltage compensation for the heating
profile.
The unit can be connected to any CAN system (500 kbaud or 1
Mbaud) and analog measuring device.

A ground offset of 2 V (max.) between GND and GND_REF has not
to be exceeded.
See the LT4 ADV function sheet for software documentation (e.g.
CAN protocol).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Ordering Information
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV
Order number F02U.V01.111-04

3

92 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface M
60

3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

105 x 34.5 x 137.5 mm

Weight495 g

Operating temperature-20 to 65°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (See Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

8 to 18 V

Max. power consumption (w/oloads)

10 W at 14 V

InputsFeatures 30 input channels
 Each channel individually configurable
 Compact dimensions
The M 60 is a compact and light weight sensor interface unit for analog and digital sensors. Up toeight M 60 can be used to expand the number of
input channels of the data logger C 60 as well as
the display DDU 9. The M 60 are linked via highspeed Ethernet interface. This allows for synchronized acquisition of data from the different units andthe ECU.
The M 60 offers 26 analog inputs, four rotational inputs, four pwm outputs and two independent CAN
buses. Each analog input channel features an analog pre-filter, 8 x oversampling and highly linear digital filtering. The cut-off frequency of the digital
filter is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. The latency of the digital filters is corrected during recording, yielding zero filter delay inthe recorded data.
The evaluation of each M 60 measurement channel
is individually configurable with the PC configuration tool RaceCon.
Application
8 kHz AD converters with digital low pass filter

Analog channels

26

Input range

0 to 5 V

Resolution

12 bitSwitchable pull up resistor

3 kOhmRotational channels (default
Hall, Inductive as option)4

Outputs
PWM outputs (low side switch 2
A each)4

Sensor supply 5 V (350 mA
each)

4

Sensor supply 10 V (350 mA
each)

1

Sensor supply 12 V (1 A, nonregulated)

1

Environment
Software Upgrade 1
CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F02U.V01.012-01

Connectors and Wires
Motorsport connectors double
density2 x 41 pins

Mating connector I
ASDD612-41SN

F02U.002.216-01

Mating connector II
ASDD612-41SA

F02U.004.180-01

Communication

Configurable math channels

Configuration via RaceCon over Ethernet or MSA-Box II

User configurable CAN in/out messages

CAN interfaces

2Max. 1,000 Hz acquisition rate for all channels

Ethernet 100BaseT

33-port network switch
RS232 GPS input
CCP-Master, data acquisition from ECU that support CAN calibration protocol (optional)

Installation Notes
Internal accumulator for data preservation and clock includedElectronics | Sensor Interfaces | 93

Inspection services recommended after 220 h or 2 years, internal
battery to be replaced during service.

Ordering Information

Charge accumulator for > 6 h after installation.

Modular Sensor Interface M 60
Order number F02U.V00.882-02

Charge accumulator twice per year for > 6 h.

Software Options

Send device to Bosch dealer for accumulator change.

SW Upgrade 1
Order number F02U.V01.012-01

The required software (.pst file) for this device is available in thedownload area of our homepage www.bosch-motorsport.com.

3

94 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

Modular Sensor Interface MSI
60

Vibration damped printed circuit boards
Operating temperature-20 to 85°C

Max. vibration

15 g sinus at 1,200 Hz for t < 5 hElectrical Data

3

Max. power consumption(w/o sensor power supply)

15 W

Required power supply

7 to 18 V

2 frequency inputs 0 to 25.5 kHz for inductive sensor / Hall-effectsensor / DF11 sensor
32 differential analogue inputs, switchable to single ended operation, -5 V to 5 V or 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up values 3.01 kOhm
and 4.99 kOhm, 49.9 kOhm to suit PT100/PT1000
8 single ended analogue inputs, 0 V to 5 V; switchable pull up value
3.01 kOhm
8 LVDT inputs, 2.5 kHz/5 kHz/10 kHz; 3 V/5 V/10 V RMS
4 PWM outputs, max. 1 A each, max. 1 kHz
2 x 5 V or 10 V switchable sensor power supply, max. 200 mA
each
Features2 x 5 V sensor power supply, max. 400 mA each 50 sensor inputs (differential analogue, single
ended analogue, LVDT, frequency, RS232)
 High quality signal processing

1 x sensor power supply, max. 800 mA voltage = (MSI 60 supply
voltage) -1.1 V; switched U_Batt
Environment
Software Upgrade 1

 Compact dimensions
The MSI 60 is a high quality signal conditioning anddata acquisition unit for analogue, digital, frequency and linear variable differential (LVDT)
sensors.
MSI 60 offers a large number of freely configurable
inputs (32 x differential analogue, 8 x single ended
analogue, 8 x LVDT, 2 x frequency, 1 x RS 232 for
GPS). Possible applications of the differential inputs include e.g. 31 TC-J type or TC-K type temperature sensors arranged in a sensor array (one diff.
input used for compensation), PT100, PT1000(specific pull up values available), NTC, strain
gauges etc. Each differential input features 200
times oversampling.
The cut-off frequency of the digital filters in all inputs is automatically adjusted to match the acquisition rate. MSI 60 also corrects the latency of the digital filters during recording, yielding zero filter
delay in the recorded data. Quantization of each
MSI measurement channel is individually configurable. Data can be sent via Ethernet interface to any
Bosch Motorsport logging device.

CCP-Master (ASAP 2 file from
ECU manufacturer required)

F02U.V01.012-01

Connectors and Wires
Connector LIFE (red)AS212-35PN

Mating Connector

AS612-35SN; max. AWG22
F02U.000.443-01

Connector SENSOR 1 (yellow)

ASDD214-64PA

Mating Connector

ASDD614-64SA;
max. AWG24
F02U.003.098-01

Connector SENSOR 2 (red)ASDD214-64PN

Mating Connector

ASDD614-64SN;
max. AWG24
F02U.000.854-01

Communication
RS 232 interface for GPS (data reception only)
3 x Ethernet 100 MBit/s
2 x freely configurable up to 1 MBit CAN bus

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information

Mechanical DataSize

153 x 119 x 38 mm

Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60
Order number F02U.V01.901-01

Weight645 g

Software Options

Aluminum housing
High density type motorsport connectors

SW Upgrade 1
Order number F02U.V01.012-01

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 95

Wheel Speed Signal Splitter

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight53 g

Size (Single connector type)101.8 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Size (Double connector type)112.1 x 63.5 x 30.3 mm

Max. vibration

Vibration profile 1 (see Appendix or www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Max. power supply (1 min)

25 V

Connectors

Features ABS Wheel Speed Sensor Interface

Connector 1 (wide)

AS212-35PN

Mating connector AS612-35SN

F02U.000.443-01

Connector 2 (small)AS208-35PN

Mating connector AS608-35SN

F02U.000.430-01

Pinout Connector 1 (wide)
Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

Supply to DF11 (RR)

Supply to DF11 (RR)

2

Signal from DF11 (RR)

Signal from DF11 (RR)

3

Supply to DF11 (RL)

Supply to DF11 (RL)

4Signal from DF11 (RL)

Signal from DF11 (RL)

5

Supply to DF11 (FR)Supply to DF11 (FR)6Signal from DF11 (FR)Signal from DF11 (FR)7

Supply to DF11 (FL)

Supply to DF11 (FL)

8Signal from DF11 (FL)

Signal from DF11 (FL)9Signal to ABS (FL)

Signal to ABS (FL)10

DF11 supply from ABS(FL)

DF11 supply from ABS (FL)11

Signal to ABS (FR)Signal to ABS (FR)12

DF11 supply from ABS(FR)

DF11 supply from ABS (FR)13

Signal to ABS (RL)

Signal to ABS (RL)

14

DF11 supply from ABS(RL)

DF11 supply from ABS (RL)

15

Signal to ABS (RR)

Signal to ABS (RR)

16

DF11 supply from ABS(RR)

DF11 supply from ABS (RR)

17Open collector Signal to
ECU (FL)

Not used

18

Open collector Signal to
ECU (FR)

Not used Lightweight Aluminum Housing
Bosch Motorsport has developed a wheel speed
module that converts the Bosch DF11 (differential
dual hall sensors) signals to a signal that can be processed by peripheral engine controlling devices anddata recording systems. The adapter can be plugged
into any Bosch ABS M4 loom.
The operation principle is that it forwards the sensor
information to the ABS. In addition it converts the
speed info into a digital signal. The type of output isopen collector. The connected device needs to contain an internal pull up resistor of 2.15 kOhm to 12
V.
The interface is available in two different housings
supporting one connector or two connectors (seephoto). The single connector type is used if the signal is fed back into an especially pre-defined ABS
loom which connects e.g. to the original chassisloom. The double connector type is used if the
speed signal is broadcast to the peripheral device
via a separate loom.
The wheel speed signal splitter is designed to be
used in combination with the Bosch Motorsport ABS
system. Due to safety reasons it is not designed forusage in combination with other ABS systems.
Application
Application

ABS wheel speed sensor interface

Compatible sensor type

Bosch DF 11

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

19

UBat 12V

UBat 12V

Storage temperature range-20 to 85°C

20Open collector Signal to
ECU (RL)

Not used

21

Open collector Signal to
ECU (RR)

Not used3

96 | Electronics | Sensor Interfaces

22

ECU GroundNot used

Pinout Connector 2 (small)

3

Pin

Description for one connector

Description for two connectors

1

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FL)

2

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(FR)

3

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU(RL)Dimensions

Single Connector Type Housing

4

n.a.

Open collector Signal to ECU
(RR)

5

n.a.

Not used

6n.a.

ECU Ground

Ordering Information
Single Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.335-03
Double Connector Type
Order number F02U.V00.203-03

Electronics | Sensor Interfaces | 973

Double Connector Type Housing

Connection Scheme

98 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Overview

RaceConnect

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU Telemetry Modem LTE65-US• LTE-based online telemetry
system for continuous transfer of vehicle data to scalable,
location-independent receivers. Secured data transfer
and handling between the
racecar and the cloud portal.
• Modular systems architecture
and multi-disciplinary engineering expertise yields flexible and fast service enhancement and development according to customer needs.
• The ready-to-use solution requires no further infrastructure at the track.
• Realization of any combination of unidirectional communication routes between
transmitter, cloud and receiver, for example, multiple
transmitters to one receiveror one transmitter to multiple
receivers.
• Full customer control and diagnostics due to accessing
racecar data and modem connection status through thecloud interface.

• 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)• No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM card
• Data can be sent/received
anywhere 4G or 3G cellular
service is available• Easy configuration at the
Bosch RaceConnect website

3• 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)• No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM card
• Data can be sent/received
anywhere 4G or 3G cellular
service is available• Easy configuration at the
Bosch RaceConnect website• Cellular priority (USA only)Electronics | Telemetry System | 99

RaceConnect

Features LTE-based online telemetry system for continuous transfer of vehicle data to scalable, location-independent receivers. Secured data transfer and handling between the racecar and thecloud portal.
 Modular systems architecture and multi-disciplinary engineering expertise yields flexible andfast service enhancement and development according to customer needs.
 The ready-to-use solution requires no further infrastructure at the track.
 Realization of any combination of unidirectional
communication routes between transmitter,
cloud and receiver, for example, multiple transmitters to one receiver or one transmitter tomultiple receivers.
 Full customer control and diagnostics due toaccessing racecar data and modem connection
status through the cloud interface.
RaceConnect combines years of expertise in component and system development with connectivity
and cloud competence. The ready-to-use package forvehicle data transmission, storage and post-processing includes hardware, connectivity solutions,software services and system integration expertise.
Ordering Information
RaceConnect

Please contact us for further information.

3

100 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU

Weight

171 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature ambient-30 to 65°C

Storage temperature-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

3
Electrical Data
Supply voltage range

8 to 18 V
24 V operation possible onagreement with customer

Max. power consumption

6W

Antenna impedance

50 OhmAntenna max. gain

5.78 dBi

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector on device

ASDD006-09PN

Mating connector

ASDD606-09SN

Pin Configuration

 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)1

Battery plus

 No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM
card

2

RS232 Rx

3

Reset

4

RS232 Tx

5

Battery negative

6

Eth RX+

7

Eth RX-

8

Eth TX+

9

Eth TX- Data can be sent/received anywhere 4G or 3G
cellular service is available
 Easy configuration at the Bosch RaceConnect
websiteThe LTE65-EU is a 4G-LTE based telemetry modem
designed for real time telemetry data transfer on
racetrack for use within Europe. The combination of
LTE65-EU with RaceConnect cloud provides a highly
flexible telemetry data distribution platform, where
one transmitter can send to many receivers andmany transmitters can send to one receiver. The usage of 4G-LTE cellular service allows for Plug & Play
operation with minimal setup. The system has beenvalidated on Bosch displays, ECUs and loggers; however, 3rd party loggers may also be used.
Application
Data interface

RS232 or Ethernet

Max. transmit rate

2 MbpsMax. receive rate

5 MbpsMax. receive streams

10

Ethernet

100 BaseT

RS232 baud rates

19.2, 57.6 and 115.2 kB/sec

Display

3 LEDs for device status

Configuration

Bosch RaceConnect website

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

114 x 65.5 x 22 mm

Electronics | Telemetry System | 101

Ordering Information
Modem LTE65-EU + Racer Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V02.932-01
Modem LTE65-EU + Pro Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V02.933-01
Modem LTE65-EU + Pro-High Subscription (1 year)
Order number F02U.V02.934-01
Basic Kit Racer - GT

2 Modems + 2 Racer Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number on request
Basic Kit Pro - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro Subscriptions (1 year) + Car
Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number on request
Basic Kit Pro-High - GT

2 Modems + 2 Pro-High Subscriptions (1 year) +Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number on request
Software Options
Racer Subscription (1 year)

500 MB / 20 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.929-01
Pro Subscription (1 year)

2 GB / 60 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.930-01
Pro-High Subscription (1 year)

10 GB / 100 hours per month
Order number F02U.V02.931-01
Accessories
Car Antenna - GT

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.054-01
Car Antenna Package - Open Wheel

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.069-01
Pitstand Antenna

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.070-01
Pitstand Harness
Order number F02U.V02.804-02

3

102 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Dimensions

3Electronics | Telemetry System | 103

Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

Technical Specifications
Mechanical DataSize

114 x 65.5 x 22 mm

Weight

171 gProtection classification

IP67

Operating temperature ambient-30 to 65°C

Storage temperature-30 to 85°C

Max. vibration

Vibration Profile 1 (seewww.bosch-motorsport.com)

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage range

8 to 18 V
24 V operation possible onagreement with customer

Max. power consumption

6W

Antenna impedance

50 OhmAntenna max. gain

5.78 dBi

Connectors and Wires

 4G-LTE connectivity (3G fallback)Connector on device

ASDD006-09PN

 No infrastructure setup required, built-in SIM
card

Mating connector

ASDD606-09SN

Pin Configuration

 Data can be sent/received anywhere 4G or 3G
cellular service is available

1

Battery plus

2

RS232 Rx

 Easy configuration at the Bosch RaceConnect
website

3

Reset

4

RS232 Tx

 Cellular priority (USA only)

5

Battery negative

6

Eth RX+

7

Eth RX-

8

Eth TX+

9

Eth TX-The LTE65-US is a 4G-LTE based telemetry modem
designed for real time telemetry data transfer on
racetrack for use within the USA and Canada. The
combination of LTE65-US with RaceConnect cloudprovides a highly flexible telemetry data distribution
platform, where one transmitter can send to manyreceivers and many transmitters can send to one receiver. The usage of 4G-LTE cellular service allows
for Plug & Play operation with minimal setup. The
system has been validated on Bosch displays, ECUs
and loggers; however, 3rd party loggers may also be
used.

Application
Data interface

RS232 or Ethernet

Max. transmit rate

2 MbpsMax. receive rate

5 MbpsMax. receive streams

10

Ethernet

100 BaseT

RS232 baud rates

19.2, 57.6 and 115.2 kB/sec

Display

3 LEDs for device status

Configuration

Bosch RaceConnect website

3

104 | Electronics | Telemetry System

Ordering Information
Telemetry Modem LTE65-US

Subscription required, antenna not included
Order number F02U.V0U.746-02
Basic Kit Racer - GT

32 Modems + Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.353-02
Basic Kit Pro - Open Wheel

2 Modems + Car Antenna + Pit Antenna + Pit Harness
Order number F02U.V0U.354-01
Software Options
Racer Subscription (1 year)

500 MB / 20 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.355-01
Pro Subscription (1 year)

2 GB / 60 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.357-01
Pro-High Subscription (1 year)

10 GB / 100 hours per month
Order number F02U.V0U.358-01
Accessories
Car Antenna - GT

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.054-01
Car Antenna Package - Open Wheel

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.069-01
Pitstand Antenna

Quantity 1 required per modem
Order number F02U.00U.070-01
Pitstand Harness
Order number F02U.V02.804-02

Electronics | Telemetry System | 105

Dimensions3106 | Electronics | Test SystemµLC Test System

3

Features User-friendly interface
 Functions can be extended with Expansion
Boards Prepared for test automation
 Favorable test setup, consuming low space Simulation of typical automotive interfaces
combined in one unit
The new and modern hardware-in-the-loop test system µLC Test System is suitable for mobile application, measuring a compact 17 x 11 x 6 cm. Initial test
setup typically takes under ten minutes, since thesystem allows for a simple test setup.
It is a compact open-loop test system for quality assurance of control unit development and combines
the simulation of all typical automotive sensors andcommunication protocols in one unit. Its interface isuser-friendly and enables an easy operation and evaluation.
The µLC Test System is especially used for automotive control units with typical interfaces for sensors
and bus systems such as analogue/digital inputs andoutputs, PWM signals, SENT, CAN, LIN and speed
sensors.
Application
Engine Speed Simulation• Up to 20,000 rpm• Supported sensors: Hall, inductive, DG23i, TL4953• Up to 2 crankshafts, up to 4 camshafts– each is independently configurable– auxiliary shaft– -180 to 180° camshaft adjustment• Oscilloscope trigger signal for easier monitoring• Error simulation for engine position management EPM

Vehicle Busses• 2 * CAN, up to 1 MBit/s,
switchable 120 Ohm CAN bus terminator• LIN Master/Slave• SENT, full J2716 Jan. 2012 standard
4 Outputs, alternative to PWM output
Analogue Interfaces• 8 * 10 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
Internal or external supply• 4 * 12 bit DAC 0 to 5 V, max. 5 mA
• 6 * 12 bit ADC 0 to 40 V, GND reference
Digital Interfaces• 6 * Digital Out, max. 200 mA in total
Output modes: Ground, 12 V, High impedance• 2 * Relays, max. 10 A, separate ECU power supply possible andincl. main relay sensing• 2 * PWM input, 1 Hz to 20 kHz• 4 * PWM output, max. 90 mA in total,
0.1 Hz to 20 kHz
Output voltages: 12 V, 5 V, GND• Complex PWM with sub signals, each separately adjustable infrequency, duty cycle and pulse count
Additional Features• Throttle body simulation• Cylinder pressure simulation– Up to 8 cylinders with one device– Expandable with multiple devices• USB connection completely galvanic decoupled• All in- and outputs short-circuit protected and ESD protected• EMC tested• Expansion boards for additional HW features• Multi device support with sync option for engine speed signals
Test Setup

Note: Calculation intensive modules like cylinderpressure simulation can cause a limitation of e.g.
the max. engine speed.
Technical Specifications
Operating voltage

12 V DC

Current consumption

typ. < 1 A

ECU voltage

12 V / 24 V DC

ECU current

10 A

Permissible operation temperature

0 to 40°C

Housing material

Aluminum

Dimensions

175 x 107 x 61 mm

Weight690 g

Electronics | Test System | 107

Update and Support Subscription• Recommended, but not mandatory• Free in the first year of use, chargeable from the second year
Ordering InformationµLC Test System
Order number F02U.V02.303-02
Software Options
Update and Support Subscription
Order number F02U.V02.838-01
Accessories

The screenshot shows the MicroLC Software withanalog outputs, crank-/ camshaft, RPM and complex PWM.

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

3

108 | Electronics | Test System

Expansion Board Current
Loop Interface

3TS
Signal duration
backwards

80 to 100 µs

Gaps

0 to 10Prefixed bit

35 to 45

Duty Cycle

737,000 µs

Stand still signal
duration

1,340 to 1,540 µs

Stand still signal

150,000 µs(de)activatable(de)activatable

AK
Engine speed-3,125 to 3,125 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

ParityEven / odd parity

LR-Bit(de)activatable

LM0-Bit(de)activatable

LM1-Bit(de)activatable

LM2-BitFeatures

Stand still signal
 All common wheel speed sensors can be simulated(de)activatable
150,000 µs

PWM-i
Engine speed-2,500 to 2,500 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Duration LR

35 to 55 µs

 Current limits freely adjustable from 0 mA to 40
mA

Duration DR_L

80 to 100 µs

Duration DR_R

170 to 190 µs

The Expansion Board Current Loop Interface extends the functions of the µLC Test System without
intervening the software and without activating additional mechanisms. The numbered outputs are available for this purpose. Using the five provided channels it is possible to simulate up to five independent
sensors. With integrated Lua scripting and theprovided API it is possible to create automated tests.

Duration DR_L_EL

350 to 370 µs(de)activatable

Duration DR_R_EL

710 to 730 µs(de)activatable

Stand still signal
duration

1,430 to 1,450 µs

Stand still signal
period737,000 µs

 Simulation of gear speeds possible
 Speed calculation based on wheel circumference(de)activatable

PWM-s
Technical Specifications

Engine speed-5,000 to 5,000 rpm
48 to 60

Engine speed-3,000 to 12,000 rpm

Local pattern /teeth

Local pattern /teeth

48 to 60

Ordering Information

Signal duration forwards

35 to 55 µs

Expansion Board Current Loop Interface
Order number F02U.V02.889-01

TSElectronics | Test System | 109

Expansion Board Digital Outputs

Application
Output voltage

Min

Max

µLC 3.1

-1 V

24 V

Technical Specifications

3

DC characteristics
Parameters

Conditions

Value

Uout

Output = Low<1.1 V

Uin-Uout

Output = High<1.8 V

Rout

Output = High-Z>10 MOhm

Iout, prot

Channel shutdown threshold±1 A∏Iout, prot

Shutdown threshold total current all outputs±3.33 A

Timing measured at Uin = 24 V
Parameters

Conditions

Value

trise

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

58 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to 24 V

0.3 µsWithout load

62 µs

Load of 500 Ohm to GND

0.8 µsLoad of 500 Ohm to 24 V

5.5 µsWithout load

12 µs

Features 14 additional digital outputs includedtfall Short circuit proof
 Change to individual states possible: Low, High,
High-ZThe Expansion Board Digital Outputs extends thefunctions of the µLC Test System without interventing the software and without activating additional
mechanisms. Digital Outputs provides 14 digital outputs, which can be switched individually to thestates Low, High or High-Z. All outputs can beswitched simultaneously.

trestart **: Restart time after overcurrent
Ordering Information
Expansion Board Digital Outputs
Order number F02U.V02.904-01

33.6 ms

110 | Electronics | Test System

3

Fuel & Spark

4

Diesel System Components

112

Injection Valves

113

Fuel Pumps

121

Fuel Pressure Regulators

126

Ignition Coils

135

Ignition Modules

161

112 | Fuel & Spark | Diesel System Components

Diesel System Components• Definition of suitable base components from other (or larger)
engine applications.
• Adaptation of components for mating, fit and orientation to suit
the selected application.
• Flow enhancement of injectors and rails.
• Injector nozzle adaptation (flow rate, number of holes, spray
cone angle etc.).
Technical Specifications

4

Common Rail
Pumps

CP1H, CP3, CP4

Rails

Features Modification of Common Rail systems
 Different modification levels available All hydraulic parts available
The geometry and characteristics of Diesel engine
components are more dependent upon the application than those for gasoline engines. A single injector
design will not fit all Diesel engines due to varying
mechanical and nozzle geometry requirements. In
addition, the injection system can vary from year toyear even within the same make of car.
Bosch Motorsport uses the same Common Rail technology for racing that was developed for production
vehicle applications. This includes both solenoid(magnetic) technology and the latest cutting-edge
piezo technology.
Bosch Motorsport can offer a wide variety of modifications to fit the system to your specifications. These
modifications include:
Dimensions

Max. 6 cyl./bankPressure Sensors

RDS

Injectors

CRI 2 (Solenoid),
CRI 3 (Piezo)

Pressure Control
ValvesDRVMax. 2,400 bar

Max. 2,400 bar

Installation Notes
When contacting us for more information on ourDiesel components, please have the following information ready so that we may best determine
components required for your application:• The base engine / the car where this engine originally is installed• Model year and type of car / engine• The base output level and the desired output level for the engine• If it is originally equipped with Bosch components: the part numbers of the Bosch components• Alternatively the car / engine manufacturer part number of theoriginal injection system.

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 113

Overview

Injection Valve EV 14

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

4• Flow rate at 3 bar: up to
1,000 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 8 bar• Conical spray or 2-spray• With or without extension• Spray angle 15 to 85°• Flow rate at 100 bar: up to
1,640 g/min (n-heptane)• Max. 500 bar• Multi hole
• Spray angle 8 to 20°

114 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Injection Valve EV 14

Spray angle α

15 to 85°

Bent angle γ

0 to 15°

Coil resistanceSee variations

Fuel compatibility

E85 / M100 (After Methanoloperating, the valves must be
flushed with standard gasolinefuel.)
Use with different media is not
permitted.

4Electrical Data
Power supply

6 to 16.5 V

Connectors and Wires
Connectors

Jetronic, Sumitomo,
Motorsport connectors

Installation Notes
Please ask for more information before ordering.

Features Flow rate at 3 bar: up to 1,000 g/min (nheptane)
 Max. 8 bar

Ordering Information
EV 14 CL, 103.5 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.110
EV 14 ES, 116 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.200

 Conical spray or 2-spray With or without extension

EV 14 CL, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.107

 Spray angle 15 to 85°

EV 14 ES, 150 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.013

EV 14 injection valves are the latest revision of the
EV 6 injection valve technology. EV 14 xT are thelatest revision of the EV 12.
EV 14 is designed for a wide range of flow rates andspray patterns. Compact size and three standard versions simplify mounting in a variety of applications.

EV 14 CKxT, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.038
EV 14 EL, 237 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.116
EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-09

Technical Specifications

EV 14 CS, 387 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-10

Mechanical Data

EV 14 ESxT, 429 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.123

System pressure

Max. 5 bar (8 bar for
motorsport use)

Weight≤ 30 g

Installation lengths

33.6, 48.65 or 60.65 mm

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Operating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CClimate-proof corresponding to saline fog test DIN 50 021

EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-08
EV 14 CS, 503 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.038-07
EV 14 CKxT, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number 0280.158.040
EV 14 CS, 670 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.487-01
EV 14 ES, 697 g/min n-heptane
Order number B280.436.469-01

Housing design

Compact (K), Standard (S),Long (L)Spray typeC (Conical Spray) or E (2Spray)

Clip for locking bush of plastic
Order number 2431.314.021

Flow rate at 3 bar (n-heptane)

151 to 1,462 cm³/min
103.5 to 1,000 g/min

Clip for locking bush of steel
Order number 2431.314.018

Accessories

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 115

Dimensions
Spray bent to the „right“, Delta=0°

Spray bent „down“ (away from electr. connector), Delta=90°

Delta 0°Alpha
Delta 90°

Gamma

4

Alpha

Gamma

Spray bent to the „left“, Delta=180°

Spray bent „up“ (towards electr. connector), Delta=270°

Alpha
Delta 270°
Gamma

Delta 180°

Gamma

Delta Angel

Housing Variations

Alpha116 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves4Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 117

4

Mounting Instructions

118 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Variations of Motorsport Valves

4

Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance

B280.436.038-07
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-08
503 g/736 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-09
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
70°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.038-10
387 g/566 cm³
C
S
25°
0°
12 Ohm

B280.436.487-01
670 g/980 cm³
C
S
30°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.013
150 g/219 cm³
E
S
19°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280.158.038
237 g/347 cm³
C
KxT
20°
0°
0°
12 OhmVariations of Production Type Valves
Part No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158.110
116 g/170 cm³
C
L
15°
0°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.200
116 g/170 cm³
E
S
15°
90°
0°
12 Ohm0280.158.107
150 g/219 cm³
C
L
20°
0°
0°
12 OhmPart No.
Flow rate/min
Type
HousingαγδResistance0280.158 116
237 g/347 cm³
E
L
22°
5°
90°
12 Ohm0280.158.123
429 g/627 cm³
E
SxT
25°
0°
90°
12 Ohm0280 .158.040
670 g/980 cm³
C
KxT
30°
0°
0°
12 OhmFurther variations are available on request.

Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves | 119

HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2

Storage temperature range-40 to 70°C

Max. vibration

600 m/s²

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

68 g

Diameter

20.7 mm

Length87 mm

Flow rate at 100 bar (nheptane)

up to 1,640 g/min

Number of holes

4 to 7 holes (typical)

Spray typeMulti hole

Spray angle overall

110° (typical)

Spray angle single beam

8 to 20°

Static flow tolerance±4 %Dynamic flow tolerance±6 % at ti = 1.5 ms

Features

Leakage≤2.5 mm³/min at 23°C

 Flow rate at 100 bar: up to 1,640 g/min (nheptane)

Electrical Data
Booster supply

65 V

 Max. 500 bar

Booster current

13.4 A

Booster time

480 μsPower supply

12 V

Pick up current

9.4 A

Pick up time

704 μsHold power supply

12 V

Hold current

3.7 A hysteresis 0.8 A

Coil resistance

1,500 mOhm (ambient temp.)

 Multi hole
 Spray angle 8 to 20°
The HDEV 5.2 is a high pressure injector, which isdeveloped to be used as a port or a direct injector.
The function of the HDEV 5.2 is both to meter out
the fuel and to obtain a well-defined mixture of fueland air. It is an inward opening solenoid injector
which is optimized regarding very short opening andclosing times which ensures a very stable linearity atshort injection times.
The benefit of this injector is a high spray variability
concerning spray angle and spray shape. Also theflow rate can be defined in a big range. Bosch offers
the spray targeting design according to the individual customer requirements. If your application
conditions will not match the listed performancedata, please ask for consultancy at Bosch
Motorsport. In addition to the specific designed
sample, Bosch offers cost effective production HDEV
5.2 on request.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Mating connector Compact

D261.205.359-01

Connector Jetronic (wire)

D261.205.288-01

Connector motorsport (wire)

On request

Pin 1

Pos

Pin 2

Gnd

Installation Notes
The injector has to be supplied by a Bosch Motorsport PowerStage Unit (e.g. HPI 5 or HPI 1.16).
Listed electrical values may vary according to the application.

Application at 100 bar (typical)

308 to 1,640 g/min

Fuel input

Top-feed injector

Fuel

Gasoline

Operating pressure

Up to 500 bar

Operating temperature range-31 to 130°C

The injector can be cleaned (mechanically or chemically), if the tip
will not be damaged.
Do not use supersonic cleaning.
Ordering Information
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2
Order number on request

4

120 | Fuel & Spark | Injection Valves

Dimensions

4

Spray variations, further variations on request

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 121

Overview

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

4

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
200 bar
780 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief Valve

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam
Max. 500 bar
585 g
Integrated Flow Control Valve
Internal Pressure Relief Valve122 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure Standard version

200 barPossible customization
Rev B (iPRV)

500 bar or customization

Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

freeElectrical connector orientation

45° or customization
M14 x 1.5 or customization

FeaturesHydraulic connection
design Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

Hydraulic connection orientation

LP 240° or customization, HP
180° or customization4

 200 bar

WeightApprox. 780 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

 780 gOperating temperature-40 to 120°C

 Integrated Flow Control Valve

Storage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

 Internal Pressure Relief ValveThe HDP 5 is a compact high pressure single piston
pump. The design allows achieving a big delivery
volume as well as high efficiency, as needed in
motorsport applications. Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam lifts allow different flow
requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5 is equipped with an internal pressure relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. It does
not require a fuel return line into the fuel tank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.

Application

Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

Technical Specifications

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

SeriesFuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 123

Ordering Information
Standard version

Series wire + compact connector
Order number F02U.V00.912-03
Standard version

Series wire + motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V01.114-03
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

4

124 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps

HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW

Efficiency

Please see extra sheet

Body design

Ligthweight

Flow capacity and max. engine
speed

Depending on cam profile

Nominal pressure

500 bar or customization

Possible customization
Rev C (EVO)= Rev B+ reduced internal restrictions+ introduction of EVO parts(outlet valve)

Rev D (Piston)= Rev C+ bigger piston diameter

Flange hole circle diameter

66 mm or 75 mm

Flange orientation

Free

Electrical connector orientation

0° or customization

Hydraulic connection
designM14 x 1.5 or customization

4

Features Max. 1.1 cm3/rotcam

WeightApprox. 585 g

Supply pressure

4 to 7 bar

 Max. 500 bar

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

 585 gStorage temperature-40 to 70°C

Compatible fuels

Unleaded fuels, E22, E85, M15

Fuel temperature

80°C, short term 130°C

Max. vibration

300 m/s2

 Integrated Flow Control Valve Internal Pressure Relief ValveThe HDP 5-LW is a compact high pressure single piston pump with a light weight housing. The design allows achieving a big delivery volume as well as highefficiency, as needed in motorsport applications.
Modifications in the number of cam lobes and cam
lifts allow different flow requirements to be addressed.
The HDP 5-LW is equipped with an internal pressure
relief valve to limit the maximum fuel pressure. This
pump does not require a fuel return line into the fueltank.
The pump has an integrated demand control formetering the amount of fuel supplied into the highpressure fuel system. It can be ordered with a compact connector or a motorsport connector.
Depending on the requirements of your engine (e.g.
fuel consumption over rotation ratio) we recommend
different types of tappets, piston springs and cam
profiles. Please notice: Fuel delivery and maximum
driveshaft speed depend on cam profile and type oftappet.

Connectors and Wires
Electrical connector design

Series wire + compact connector
Series wire + motorsport connector
Motorsport wire + open end
Motorsport wire + motorsport
connector

Hydraulic connection orientation

Fixed

Installation Notes
Mounting on cylinder head or adapter flag.
Available cam profiles on request.
Select the cam profile on fuel consumption requirements.
Avoid interference with FCV and hydraulic connections at flangeorientation.

Application

Avoid interference with flange at electrical connector orientation.

For high pressure manifold injection or gasoline direct injection

Please specify the electrical connector design and the wire lengthwith your order.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mass flow

Please see extra sheet

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pumps | 125

Ordering Information
Rev B (iPRV)
Order number on request
Rev C (EVO)
Order number on request
Rev D (Piston)
Order number on request
Accessories
Flat tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.156-01
Roller tappet (26 mm)
Order number F02U.V01.163-01

4

126 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Overview

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 2

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini AFPR Adaptor light

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

• Aluminum housing• Fits to production type regulators and Motorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A)• Very light weight4

5 to 10 bar
30 to 400 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Aluminum housing
All versions Methanol compatible

5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Adjusted at 105 l/h
Sheet steel housing

2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar
15 to 220 l/h reflow
Pressure adjustable
Sheet steel housing

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 127

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 2

Technical Specifications
Variations
Please see Ordering Information
Mechanical Data
Diameter

38.1+0.1-0.2 mm

WeightCa. 61 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring 25x2.5

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.1 mm, O-ring 5x2.5

Installation Notes
Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.
Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
Features

When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.

 5 to 10 bar

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.

 30 to 400 l/h reflow

Using the FPR Adaptor light F02U.V02.248-01, you can rebuild
the regulator an inline type.

 Adjusted at 105 l/hThis pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

 Aluminum housing All versions Methanol compatible
Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We offer this regulator for gasoline as well as formethanol applications.
The main benefit of this regulator includes a higher
pressure range and a higher return flow rate in comparison to the production type regulators.

Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 5.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.166-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 6.0 bar
Order number F02U.V02.168-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure Range 7.0 bar

Application

Order number F02U.V02.170-01
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Pressure range

See ordering information

Reflow quantity

30 to 400 l/h

Order number F02U.V02.171-01

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M100

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Pressure Range 10.0 bar

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Pressure Range 8.0 bar

Order number F02U.V02.172-01
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

4

128 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Complete dimensions on offer drawing at www.bosch-motorsport.com

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 129

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini 5

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline (E85 or M15 withshortened lifetime)

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

4

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight48.5 gMounting

Fastening with a clip

Characteristic
Set pressure accuracy±2 % at 105 l/hConnectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Features

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ring 5 barInstallation Notes

 15 to 220 l/h reflow
 Adjusted at 105 l/h

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.

 Sheet steel housing

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
We modified this production type based regulator
especially for motorsport use and increased thepressure level.
The main benefit of this regulator include the competitively priced high quality and the high return
flow rate.

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.
Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.
When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.
Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.

Application
Pressure range

5 bar

Ordering Information

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5
Order number 0280.B02.722-03
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

130 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 131

4

Installation Recommendation

132 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

Fuel Pressure Regulator
Mini A

Operating temperature-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<400 m/s² at 5 to 250 Hz

Valve leakage

Qleck [cm3/min] ≤ 9 (pneumatic)
at p [kPa] = 0.8 x Pnom

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

4

Diameter

34.9 mm

Weight58 g

Mounting

Fastening with a clip

Connectors and Wires
Connector supply

Diam. 25 mm, O-ring

Connector reflow

Diam. 9.15 mm, O-ringInstallation Notes

Features

The tube connector at the housing can be used to supply reference
pressure to the regulator. This can be atmospheric pressure, airbox pressure or manifold pressure.

 2.2 to 3.5 bar/3.5 to 5 bar

Never run the regulator without the integrated filter.

 15 to 220 l/h reflow

Please oil O-rings lightly with clean and silicone free engine oil before you install the regulator.

 Pressure adjustable

Please make a leak test after you have installed the regulator.

 Sheet steel housing

When the pressure regulator is removed and will be reused, the Orings must be tested for fractures.

Fuel pressure regulators are used to maintain constant fuel pressure at the injection valves.
This regulator based on a production type regulator
was specially designed for motorsport applications.
The main benefit of this regulator is the adjustabilityof the fuel pressure.

Operation of the pressure regulator with a medium other than gasoline is not allowed.
This pressure regulator is not designed for in-tank mounting.
Ordering Information
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A

Application

Pressure Range 2.2 to 3.5 bar
2.2 to 3.5 bar
3.5 to 5.0 bar

Order number B280.550.340-03

Reflow quantity

15 to 220 l/h

Pressure Range 3.5 to 5.0 bar

Reference pressure connector

Diam. 5 mm, tube connector

Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85, M15

Pressure range

Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A
Order number B280.550.341-04
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators | 133

Dimensions

4

Installation Recommendation

134 | Fuel & Spark | Fuel Pressure Regulators

FPR Adaptor light

Application
Fuel compatibility

Gasoline, E85/M100

Operating temperature range-40 to 120°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration<600 m/s2 at 5 to 250 Hz

Technical Specifications

4

Mechanical Data
Diameter

50 mm

Heigth55 mm

Weight

92 g

Mounting

Screw fastening with M6screws into housing or M5
screws through housing

Connectors and Wires
Features Aluminum housing Fits to production type regulators andMotorsport regulators (FPR Mini 2, Mini 5,
Mini A) Very light weightThis adaptor offers the opportunity to convert a railpressure regulator into an inline pressure regulator.
The adaptor is able to hold a production type regulator as well as a motorsport regulator. Delivery
without regulator.
Dimensions

Connector supply

2 x M14 x 1.5

Connector reflow

M14 x 1.5

Ordering Information
FPR Adaptor light
Order number F02U.V02.248-01

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 135

Overview

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

4

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 8 mm

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Fits to spark plugs with aceramic diameter of 10 mm

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Max. 5.0 kV/µs
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

•
•
•
•
•

Max. 40 kVMax. 90 mJ
Boosted spark current
Max. 15,000 1/min
Developed for engines withhigh gas turbulences

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Ignition Coil P65

Ignition Coil P65-T• Max. 35 kV• Max. 90 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 15,000 1/min• Developed for Turbo-GDI engines

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Ignition Coil PS-T

• Max. 33 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire• Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time)• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for 30 kV highvoltage wire with locking pin(European standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines• Max. 35 kV• Max. 65 mJ• Connection for high voltage
wire according to SAE (American standard)• Max. 10,000 1/min• Developed for GDI engines

•
•
•
•

Max. 35 kVMax. 50 mJ
Max. 3.0 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min
High voltage contacting via
high voltage wire and spark
plug connector possible

Max. 35 kVMax. 65 mJ
Max. 10,000 1/min
Developed for GDI engines

Max. 27 kVMax. 42 mJ
Max. 1.5 kV/µs
Max. 10,000 1/min

136 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-E8

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise supression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Pin 4

Ionic current signal white

 Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8mm
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length80 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 8 mm

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 137

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Dimensions

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E8
Order number depending on customer requirements

4

138 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-E10

4Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Wire length

100 cm Max. 15,000 1/min

Wire size

AWG 20/22

Features Max. 40 kV Max. 90 mJ

 Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of
10 mmThis single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
For this single fire coil the customer can define thelength of the spark plug connector.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length114 to 225 mm, depending on
customer requirements

Weight w/o wire

< 270 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order
Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 139

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).
Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Spark energy
Dimensions

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-E10
Order number depending on customer requirements

4140 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-pro

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic

4

Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 40 kV

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm

 Max. 90 mJ

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 5.0 kV/µs

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Max. 15,000 1/min
 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Primary current≤ 16 A

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 141

Spark energy

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Dwell time

Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Single Fire Coil C90i-pro
Order number 0221.B00.256-01

Dimensions

4142 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo

4High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at 1 MOhm ||10 pF≤ 40 kV

Spark current≤ 265 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 0.65 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

On request

Mating connector

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cm Max. 40 kV

Wire size

AWG 20/22

 Max. 90 mJ

For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d = 10 mm Boosted spark current

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 15,000 1/min

Please specify the required wire length and the length of the spark
plug connector with your order Developed for engines with high gas turbulences

Characteristic dwell times [ms]This single fire coil was developed for engines thatneed a stable spark because of their higher turbulences at the air fuel mixture inside the cylinder. It is
designed for direct cylinder head mounting.
The main benefits of this high performance coil are
its high energy capability and a very good provided
high voltage.
Application
Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

Primary current≤ 16 A

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 480 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length168 mmWeight w/o wire

250 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

U battI primary
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

17 A

20 A

6V

3.90

5.50

9.80

12.80

8V

2.15

2.90

4.10

4.50

4.80

10 V

1.50

1.96

2.66

2.86

3.03

3.38

12 V

1.15

1.50

2.00

2.13

2.24

2.46

14 V

0.94

1.20

1.60

1.70

1.78

1.94

16 V

0.79

1.00

1.32

1.41

1.48

1.60

16.5 V

0.76

0.97

1.27

1.35

1.42

1.54

18 V

0.68

0.69

1.14

1.21

1.26

1.37

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 143

Spark Energy & High Voltage Offering = f (I primary)

12,00

dwell time / ms

10,00

6V
8V
10V

8,00

12V
14V

6,00

16V
16,5V

4,00

310

0,9
mA

260
210

0,7
ms

160
mJ

110

0,5

Spark Duration / ms

14,00

Spark energy / mJ, Spark Current / mA & High
Voltage Offering / kV

ti = f (Ubatt)

Energy @ 1kV||1MOhm
Voltage Offering @ 10pF||1MOhm
Spark Current

60

Spark Duration

kV

10

0,3
8

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

I primary / A

18V

Spark Energy

2,00

0,00
8,0

10,0

12,0

14,0

16,0

18,0

20,0

22,0

Installation Notes

I primary / A

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

10 A

36.5 mJ

0.366 ms

167 mA

28 kVThis coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

12 A

55 mJ

0.446 ms

197 mA

31.3 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

15 A

86.2 mJ

0.567 ms

246 mA

35 kV

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

16 A

93.6 mJ

0.592 ms

263 mA

35.6 kV

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 40 kV may reduce the lifetime.

17 A

100.7 mJ

0.62 ms

274 mA

36 kV

20 A

116 mJ

0.67 ms

305 mA

36.6 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo
Order number 0221.B00.256-02

Dimensions

4144 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil C90i-WG

Spark current≤ 160 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Internal

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Connector primary side

On request

Mating connector primary side

On request

Pin 1

Ubatt redPin 2

ECU ignition power stage blue

Pin 3

Engine GND black

Wire length

100 cmWire size

AWG 20/22

Features

30 kV grid connectors

See Accessories

 Max. 35 kV

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length if you order the coil with amotorsport connector.

 Max. 90 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 15,000 1/min

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U batt
10 A

12 A

15 A

16 A

6V

3.2

4.5

7.6

9.8

8V

1.88

2.49

3.47

3.79

4.10

10 V

1.35

1.76

2.34

2.51

2.67

3.05

12 V

1.06

1.35

1.77

1.89

2.00

2.24

14 V

0.87

1.11

1.43

1.52

1.60

1.79

 Developed for Turbo-GDI engines
This single fire coil was developed for the use e.g. in
GDI (turbocharged) high performance engines. It is
designed to connect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The main benefit of this high performance coil is its
high energy capability.
Application

I primary
17 A

20 A

16 V

0.74

0.93

1.20

1.28

1.34

1.49

Spark energy≤ 90 mJ

16.5 V

0.71

0.90

1.15

1.23

1.29

1.43

Primary current≤ 16 A

18 V

0.64

0.81

1.03

1.10

1.15

1.27

Operating temperature range
outer core

0 to 160°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 50 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight w/o wire

210 g

Mountingscrew fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

185 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 5.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage≤ 35 kV

Dwell time

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 145

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please regard the specified limit values (see “Electrical Data”).

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Usage above Iprim = 16 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.

10 A

41.4 mJ

0.74 ms

100 mA

31.6 kV

12 A

59.5 mJ

0.882 ms

122 mA

37.4 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

15 A

84.4 mJ

1.034 ms

148 mA

45.7 kV

Design Note

16 A

92.6 mJ

1.07 ms

158 mA

46 kV

17 A

100 mJ

1.09 ms

165 mA

46 kV

20 A

115 mJ

1.16 ms

190 mA

46 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil C90i-WG
Order number F02U.V02.430-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015

Spark energy

High Voltage Connector angled

Installation Notes

Order number 0356.250.035

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
This coil is only for use with engine control units having an integrated ignition power stage, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Dimensions

Please ask your local Bosch Service
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

4146 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P50/P50-M

Mechanical Data
WeightPlease see Variations

Mounting

Pluggable

Electrical Data

4

Primary resistance with wire

370 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time

≤ 3.0 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 92 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.15 ms

Noise suppression

With spark plug connector

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

Features

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
 Max. 35 kV

Connector

Bosch Compact

 Max. 50 mJ

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D261.205.335-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition power stage

 Max. 10,000 1/min

Pin 2

Engine GND

 High voltage contacting via high voltage wireand spark plug connector possible

Pin 3

Ubatt

 Max. 3.0 kV/µs

The single fire coil P50 is a low cost concept designed for direct mounting to the cylinder head. A
high voltage ignition wire can optionally be connected to the secondary output terminal.
The coil P50 requires an ECU with internal ignition
power stages for each single fire coil.
The coil P50-M is specifically for motorsport applications. This coil is operable in higher vibration environments.
Application
Spark energy≤ 50 mJ

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
For spark plugs

Ceramic diameter d=10 mm

Characteristic dwell times [ms]U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

10 A

6V

3.84

4.93

6.2

7.7

9.5

11.2

8V

2.54

3.14

3.81

4.51

5.17

5.61

10 V

1.9

2.33

2.76

3.21

3.62

3.87

12 V

1.51

1.84

2.17

2.51

2.8

2.97

14 V

1.26

1.52

1.79

2.06

2.29

2.42

16 V

1.07

1.3

1.53

1.74

1.93

2.04

18 V

0.94

1.13

1.32

1.51

1.67

1.77

24 V

0.68

0.81

0.95

1.08

1.19

1.26

30 V

0.53

0.63

0.74

0.84

0.93

0.98

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Variations
P50

P50-M
2

Max. vibration≤ 400 m/s at
5 to 2,000 Hz≤ 800 m/s2 at
5 to 2,000 Hz

Weight

223 g

265 g

Spark plug connector-+

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 147

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
The coil P50 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Usage above Iprim > 8.5 A or 35 kV may reduce the lifetime.

Dwell time

Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

22 mJ

0.82 ms

60 mA

26.8 kV

6A

29.7 mJ

0.93 ms

68.5 mA

31.6 kVIn case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

7A

37.5 mJ

1.03 ms

77 mA

36.4 kV

Design Note

8A

46.3 mJ

1.12 ms

87.5 mA

40.9 kV

9A

53 mJ

1.17 ms

97 mA

44.4 kV

10 A

58.4 mJ

1.21 ms

105 mA

46.3 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P50
Order number 0221.504.001
Ignition Coil P50-M

Motorsport version
Order number F02U.V00.869-01
Accessories
Accessory spark plug connector
Order number 1354.489.085
Spark energy

Dimensions4148 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65

4

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires

Features Max. 35 kV

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 65 mJ

U batt Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

I primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

8V

4.5

10 V

8.5 A

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

Technical Specifications

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Mechanical Data

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Length180 mm

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

Weight w/o wire

225 g

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

Mounting

Screw fastening

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhmFuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 149

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Please regard the specified limit values.

Ordering Information

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

Ignition Coil P65
Order number 0221.504.024

4150 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Ignition Coil P65-T

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

 Max. 65 mJ
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed
for direct mounting on the cylinder head.
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application

I primary

Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

Max. vibration2≤ 480 m/s at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Mechanical Data
Length143 mmWeight223 gMounting

Screw fastening

Fits to spark plugs with a ceramic diameter of 10 mm
Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 33 kV

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kVFuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 151

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kVThe coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note

Spark energy
Installation Notes

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Ignition Coil P65-T
Order number 0221.604.024

4152 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Dimensions

4

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 153

Ignition Coil P65-TWG

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.85 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistanceIntegrated suppression diode /EFUIntegrated power stage
Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

BIP 385

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector primary side

Tyco 0-1488991-1

Mating connector primary side

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Ubatt

30 kV grid connector

See Accessories

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 33 kV

U batt
5.0 A

5.5 A

6.0 A

6.5 A

7.0 A

7.5 A

Max.
1000
/min

10

9

8

7

6

5

6V

10.7

11.6

8V

4.7

5.4

6.8

8.3

10.2

10 V

3.1

3.55

4.25

4.87

5.6

6.3

12 V

2.32

2.66

3.12

3.51

3.94

4.36

14 V

1.86

2.1

2.45

2.75

3.07

3.36

16 V

1.55

1.77

2.03

2.26

2.51

2.73

16.5 V

1.49

1.7

1.95

2.17

2.40

2.61

18 V

1.34

1.51

1.73

1.92

2.13

2.31

20 V

1.16

1.33

1.51

1.67

1.85

2.0

24 V

0.93

1.05

1.19

1.32

1.45

1.57

 Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire
 Max. 10,000 1/min (with reduced dwell time) Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept designed toconnect a high voltage wire on the coil.
The coil has an integrated transistor and requires an
ECU with internal ignition drivers.
Application
Spark energy≤ 65 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.0 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-40 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 140°C

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

I primary

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Length83 mm

Weight210 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.4 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at≤ 33 kV

Spark current≤ 70 mA

Dwell time154 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Spark energy and provided high voltage

4

Please regard the specified limit values.

I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

33.7 mJ

1.37 ms

50 mA

24.4 kV

5.5 A

42 mJ

1.54 ms

54 mA

27.0 kV

6A

48.9 mJ

1.62 ms

59 mA

29.1 kV6.5 A

55.9 mJ

1.74 ms

63 mA

31.2 kV

Design Note

7A

63.6 mJ

1.85 ms

68 mA

33.2V

7.5 A

71.9 mJ

1.92 ms

73 mA

34.7 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-TWG
Order number F02U.V02.429-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector straight

Spark Energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug (high voltage wire).
The coil P65-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU
with internal ignition drivers with 10 to 20 mA current output.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001
High Voltage Wire 50 m

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 5956.563.015

Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 155

Ignition Coil P65-WG

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for 30 kV high voltage wire withlocking pin (European standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the European standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy

Dwell time
≤ 65 mJ

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

156 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.
Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.

4
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

Ordering Information

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

Ignition Coil P65-WG
Order number F02U.V01.927-01

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

Accessories

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kVHigh Voltage Connector straight

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.200.015
High Voltage Connector angled

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035
M3 Connector inside (required for every HV Connector)

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 1350.521.001

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.

High Voltage Wire 50 m

For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

Order number 5956.563.015

Dimensions

Please ask your local Bosch Service

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 157

Ignition Coil P65-WS

Electrical Data
Primary resistance

570 mOhm

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.9 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 35 kV

Spark current≤ 74 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 2.0 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive and 1 kOhm resistance

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

4

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

IGBT IRG4BC40S (Uce=600 V)

Connectors and Wires
Features Max. 35 kV Max. 65 mJ
 Connection for high voltage wire according to
SAE (American standard)

Connector

Tyco AMP

Mating connector

D261.205.350-01

Pin 1

Engine GND

Pin 2

Ubatt

Pin 3

ECU ignition power stage

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 10,000 1/min
 Developed for GDI engines
This single fire coil is a low cost concept, designed
to get connected to the spark plug via a high voltage
wire. The high voltage connector is specified according to the SAE standard.
The performance of the coil fulfills the demands ofmodern GDI engines.
The main benefits of this product are the high packaging flexibility and its high electrical performance at
low costs.
Application
Spark energy

Dwell time
≤ 65 mJ

U battI primary
5.0 A

6.0 A

6V

8.74

18.5

7.0 A

7.5 A

8.0 A

8.5 A

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

8V

4.5

6.4

9

10.8

13.9

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

10 V

3.1

4.2

5.4

6

6.6

7.2

Max. vibration≤ 250 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

12 V

2.36

3.1

3.88

4.25

4.63

4.92

14 V

1.9

2.48

3.05

3.32

3.57

3.77

16 V

1.61

2.06

2.53

2.73

2.93

3.08

18 V

1.55

2

2.43

2.62

2.81

2.95

20 V

1.39

1.77

2.16

2.33

2.48

2.6

22 V

1.22

1.54

1.88

2.02

2.15

2.26

24 V

0.97

1.23

1.49

1.6

1.71

1.78

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
LengthSee offer drawing

Weight w/o wire

< 222 gMounting

Screw fastening

158 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement
Spark energy and provided high voltage

The coil P65 has no integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition power stages, e.g. IGBT IRG4BC40S or BIP.
For technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.
Please regard the specified limit values.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

4

Design Note
Spark energy
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-current

Hi voltage

5A

37.8 mJ

1.46 ms

49 mA

24.3 kV

6A

54.5 mJ

1,74 ms

59 mA

28.9 kV

7A

69.8 mJ

1.97 ms

69 mA

33.2 kV

7.5 A

77.6 mJ

2.04 ms

74 mA

35.8 kV

8A

83.0 mJ

2.11 ms

77 mA

37.7 kV

8.5 A

88.0 mJ

2.16 ms

81 mA

39.0 kV

We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Ordering Information
Ignition Coil P65-WS
Order number F02U.V01.926-01
Accessories
High Voltage Connector angled

Installation Notes

Please ask your local Bosch Service
Order number 0356.250.035

During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
Dimensions

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils | 159

Ignition Coil PS-T

Spark current≤ 80 mA

Spark duration at 1 kV || 1MOhm

≤ 1.1 ms

Noise suppression

Inductive

Suppression diode / EFU

Integrated

Power stage

Integrated

Characteristic
Measured with power stage

4

BIP 355

Connectors and Wires

Features

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
4-pole Compact

D261.205.336-01

Pin 1

ECU ignition signal

Pin 2

ECU GND

Pin 3

Engine GND

Pin 4

Ubatt

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Max. 27 kV

Characteristic dwell times [ms]

 Max. 42 mJ

U batt Max. 1.5 kV/µs
 Max. 10,000 1/min
This pencil coil is a basic low cost concept designed
for cylinder head installation.
The coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU with internal ignition drivers.
The coil is only designed for spark plug shaft mounting. It is a basic concept for ignition applications.
Application

I primary
4.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

7.0 A

8.0 A

9.0 A

6V

2.90

4.20

6.30

14.4

-

-

8V

1.83

2.45

3.17

4.10

5.10

6.20

10 V

1.33

1.74

2.18

2.68

3.16

3.49

12 V

1.05

1.35

1.68

2.02

2.33

2.53

14 V

0.86

1.11

1.35

1.62

1.85

1.99

16 V

0.73

0.93

1.14

1.35

1.54

1.65

20 V

0.56

0.71

0.86

1.02

1.15

1.23

22 V

0.50

0.64

0.77

0.91

1.02

1.09

0.46

0.58

0.70

0.82

0.92

0.98

Spark energy≤ 42 mJ

Primary current≤ 7.5 A

24 V

Operating temperature range atouter core

-20 to 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Measured values are without loom resistance. Loom resistancemust be less than the primary resistance. The needed dwell time is
to be verified through current measurement

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Diameter

22 mm

Weight202 g

Mounting

Screw fastening

Electrical Data
Primary resistance with wire

Incapable of measurement

Secondary resistance

Incapable of measurement

High voltage rise time≤ 1.5 kV/µs

Max. high voltage at
1 MOhm || 10 pF≤ 27 kV

Dwell time
Spark energy and provided high voltage
I prim.

Spark energy-duration-currant

Hi voltage

4A

15.0 mJ

0.650 ms

46 mA

15.6 kV

160 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Coils

5A

22.8 mJ

0.793 ms

62 mA

19.3 kV

6A

30.2 mJ

0.904 ms

73 mA

22.7 kVThe coil PS-T has an integrated transistor and requires an ECU withinternal ignition drivers, e.g. MS 4.x or MS 4.x Sport.

7A

38.2 mJ

1.010 ms

84 mA

26.0 kVFor technical reasons the values of the coils may vary.

8A

47.9 mJ

1.101 ms

96 mA

28.8 kV

Please regard the specified limit values.

9A

52.9 mJ

1.130 ms

100 mA

30.2 kV

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
In case of ignition-caused malfunctions, please use screened
sensor wires.

4

Design Note
We strongly recommend the design of the spark plug shaft has toensure that there are no sharp edges in the shaft geometry due todesign or machining. Only in compliance with this recommendation, a proper function can be ensured.
Spark energy
Installation Notes
During mounting of the spark plug please pay attention that fullclamping and proper contacts are made to ensure safe connection
between coil and spark plug.
Dimensions

Ordering Information
Ignition Coil PS-T
Order number 0221.604.103

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 161

Overview

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Ignition Module IM 4

4

• Max. 3 cylinders• 47 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65• Max. 4 cylinders• 54 g• Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition power stage
like MS 6• Especially adapted for Coils
P50(-M) and P65

162 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 3.2

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerOperating temperature-40 to 110°C

Permissible fuel temperatures≤ 70°CElectrical Data

4

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical≤ 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Characteristic
Features

Characteristic dwell time

See characteristic dwell timefrom the ignition coil used Max. 3 cylinders

Internal transistor

Triple Darlington

 47 gConnectors and Wires Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6
 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to three non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.

Connector

Bosch Jetronic 7-poleMating connector
7-pole Jetronic

F02U.B00.252-01

Pin 1

Collector transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 1

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Gnd

Pin 5

Basis transistor 2

Pin 6

Collector transistor 3

Pin 7

Basis transistor 3

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.

Application
Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Technical Specifications

A heat conductive paste has to be used.
This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.
Please observe the specified limit values.
Please do not activate more than one ignition output stage parallel
within a module.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Mechanical Data
Size

71 x 48 x 21 mm

Ordering Information

Weight w/o wire

47 g

Ignition Module IM 3.2
Order number 0227.100.203

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 163

Dimensions4164 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

Ignition Module IM 4

Weight w/o wire

54 g

Mounting

2 x M4 screws with spring
washerElectrical Data

4

UBatt typical13.5 V

Voltage supply

6 to 16.5 V

IB high active on

min. 10 mA

IB low off

0 mA

IB

10 to 22 mA

IC typical< 8.5 AIC max. at TU < 120°C< 10 AUCE satt at IC = 5 A<3V

UCE satt at IC max<9V

Connectors and Wires
Connector (Coil T1)

Bosch Jetronic 4-pole

Features

Mating connector
Jetronic 4-poleD261.205.351-01

 Max. 4 cylinders

Pin 1

Collector transistor 4

 54 gPin 2

Collector transistor 3

Pin 3

Collector transistor 2

Pin 4

Collector transistor 1

Connector (ECU)

Bosch Jetronic 5-poleMating connector
Jetronic 5-poleD261.205.352-01

Pin 1

Basis transistor 1

Pin 2

Basis transistor 2

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

Basis transistor 3

Pin 5

Basis transistor 4

 Fits to all ECUs without internal ignition powerstage like MS 6
 Especially adapted for Coils P50(-M) and P65
This module is an external ignition power stage capable of supplying up to four non-transistorized ignition coils.
The IM input signal should be supplied by an ECU
with ignition signal outputs in the range of 10 to 20
mA, e.g. MS 6.
The IM unit combines the robustness of a high quality production part with good electrical performance
to provide an ideal solution for adapting non-transistorized coils to an ECU without internal ignition
driver stages.
Application

Installation Notes
This ignition module can be used with Coils P50(-M) and P65 orcomparable coils.
Please ensure that the connectors are safe from water.

Primary current≤ 8.5 A

Clamp voltage

380 ± 30 V

The IM has to be mounted onto a cooling body. The mounting surface needs a planarity of 0.2 mm.

Operating temperature range atmeasuring point-40 to 120°C

A heat conductive paste has to be used.

Storage temperature range-40 to 130°C

This ignition module is designed for use with engine control units
which have no integrated ignition transistor.

Max. rpm (ensure chilled
mounting position)

8,000

Please observe the specified limit values.

Max. vibration

400 m/s2 at 5 to 2,500 Hz

Ordering Information
Ignition Module IM 4
Order number 0227.100.211

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

70.5 x 68 x 20 mm

Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules | 165

Dimensions

4166 | Fuel & Spark | Ignition Modules

4Actuators

5

Alternators

168

Electronic Throttle Body

177

Power Steering Pump

180

Starter183

Wiper Motor

185

168 | Actuators | Alternators

Overview

Alternator B0

Alternator B3 LIN

Alternator B5

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

5
>140 A
3,400 gClockwise rotation
Lightweight aluminum pulley
Multifunctional regulator>200 A
4,800 gClockwise rotation
Steel pulleyMotorsport optimized LIN1.3
regulator with latest ASIC
technology>150 A
5,600 gClockwise rotation
Steel pulley
Multifunctional regulator

Actuators | Alternators | 169

Alternator B0

Cut-in speed

3,000 x 1/min

CouplingscrewsBattery B+

M6

Tightening torque at B+

14 Nm

Control lamp D+

flat-pin connector, see drawing

Characteristic

FeaturesRpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 90°C

2,000

0

2,500

6

3,000

32

3,500

51

4,000

63

5,000

80

6,000

90

7,000

98

8,000

105

9,000

111

 >140 A

10,000116

 3,400 g

12,000121

15,000127

18,000131

 Clockwise rotation
 Lightweight aluminum pulley Multifunctional regulator
This alternator is modified for motorsport demandand splash protected. The stator windings are handmade and optimized for higher current output; therotor is extra fine balanced and impregnated. Modifications are available on request.
Application
Ambient temperature range-30 to 90°C

Vibration protection

highInstallation without rubber mounting
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Installation Notes

Case material

Aluminum

Weight3,400 gCurrent regulator unit

integrated

Max. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Diameter

108 mmLength without shaft stub

128 mmDistance between mounting
points154 mmElectrical Data
Rated current>140 A

Output voltage

13.5 V

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.
An external cooling can contribute to increase the performance. It
will only be effective if the incoming air is 30°Kelvin cooler than theambient air. Otherwise, the restriction of airflow will negate any
cooling benefits. If these conditions are met, the cooling air should
be distributed over the center axis at the rear of the alternator for
optimal cooling. The alternator fans are not able to generate negative pressure. It is possible to use external blower to support the al-5170 | Actuators | Alternators

ternator. Debris at alternator cooling area can reduce cooling effect. This could also shorten the alternator service life. Installation
without rubber mounting.
Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Alternator B0
Order number F02U.V02.996-01

Actuators | Alternators | 171

Alternator B3 LIN

Outputs of status information via LIN interface
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

4.8 kgMax. rotations

18,000 x 1/min

Moment of inertia

22 kg*cm2

Outer diameter w/o screw

136 mmLength w/o pulley

117 mmBattery B+ connection

M8x1.25

Tightening torque at B+

22 Nm

Electrical Data

Features >200 A

Regulating voltage

14.4 V default,
up to 16 V via LIN

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)Internal (external on request)

 4,800 g

Cut-in-speed

3,000 x 1/min

 Clockwise rotation

LIN Protocol

 Steel pulley

LIN Version

1.3

LIN Speed

19.2 kbaud

Message ID

0xE9

Frame-content

Variant A

HTKN

144°C

GenID

5

 Motorsport optimized LIN1.3 regulator withlatest ASIC technology
The B3 LIN is a powerful 12 V motorsport alternator.
It has an optimized hand wound stator winding (3phase triangle), high current diodes (special Zener
diode chips from Bosch production to retain loaddumps) and an extra fine balanced rotor with impregnated winding.
The LIN regulator (special Bosch developed ASIC)
controls the alternator output voltage at B+ connection. The main benefit of this alternator is the highpower output in a small low weight package. Furthermore, it is optimized concerning vibration endurance.

LIN Protocol Rx-Frame
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

0 to 5

Voltage set value

Value from 10.6 V
to 16.0 V

20 to 3LR ramp time

Value from 0 %to 100 %2

4 to 7

LR cut-off speed

Value from 2.400 rpm
to 8.000 rpm

3

0 to 4

Excitation current
limit

Value 2 A to 7.7 A

Application
Application>200 A at 7,000 rpm/85°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

4

0 to 2

DataSelect Tx3/
Byte4

Values see TCD

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

4

3

Blindzone

3.1 % or 12.6 %4

4 to 6

Value from -16 to +12

Rotating direction

Clockwise

HT cut-off threshhold

4

7Parameter set

Normal or [w/o battery]

Fixed frequency regulation with pulse width modulation
Stand-by-mode
High side output stage with defined ramp steepness and FET as
freewheeling „diode“
Emergency start at default mode
Adjustable set values via LIN interface

LIN Protocol Tx-Frame 1
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

10

Flag HAT cut-off

no HT cut-off /HT cut-off

5172 | Actuators | Alternators

5

Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

1

Flag MechanicalstatusAlternator running /Alternator stopped

1

2

Flag Electrical error

not set / set

1

3 to 7

Duty cycle

Value from 0 %to 100 %2

0 to 5

Excitation current
limit

Value from 0 A
to 7.75 A

2

6Flag Communication
error

Com. Ok /Com.-Error

2

7

Fleg Timeout

no Timeout / Timeout

LIN Protocol Tx-Frame 2
Byte

Bit

Value

Explanation

1

0 to 2

Alternator Manufacturer ID

Value "Bosch"1

3 to 7

Alternator ID

Application specific20 to 2Chip Manufacturer
ID

Application specific2

3 to 7

Chip ID

Application specificCharacteristic
Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 85°C

3,000

14

4,000

118

5,000

165

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h

6,000

189

7,000

200

8,000

200

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.

9,000

200

10,000200

11,000200

12,000200

14,000200

16,000200

18,000200

Installation Notes

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case.
Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistanceconnection to vehicle ground.
Rectifier diodes are designed and proved for B+ continuous output
current of 210 A. The alternator is able to support more current,
but this must be restricted for short time to prevent the destroyingof rectifier diodes.
Ordering Information
Alternator B3 LIN
Order number F02U.V02.950-01

Actuators | Alternators | 173

Dimensions

5174 | Actuators | Alternators

EMV
C3

LIN

LIN
Master

EMV
U

C1

EMC -circuit
B+

KL 15

B+
C2

5

DF

G

Regulator -IC

V
B-

Housing
SystemSchematic Diagram

Generator

ElectricalActuators | Alternators | 175

Alternator B5

Tightening torque at B+

15 Nm

Electrical Data
Regulating voltage

14.4 V

Temperature compensation-10 mV/K

High temperature cut off derating-250 mV/K

Excitation resistor (L)External

Cut-in-speed

1,400 x 1/min

Characteristic

Features >150 A

Rpm [1/min]

IG [A] at 80°C

2,000

75

4,000

114

6,000

123

8,000

125

10,000126

12,000127

13,000127.5

Please note: Measured with U=13.1 V and t=20 min

 5,600 g
 Clockwise rotation
 Steel pulley Multifunctional regulator
The B5 alternator is typical for Cup racecars. Robustness increase for motorsport use. Free-running pulley for reduction of wear.
The multifunctional regulator with special developed
ASIC by Bosch controls the output voltage at B+ connection.
Three-arm design allows the use of a clamping arm.
Application
Application>122 A at 6,000 rpm/80°C

Max. ambient temperature

105°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Max. ambient temperature(short-term)

120°C, high current only withsupported cooling air

Rotating direction

ClockwiseTechnical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Body material

Cast Aluminum

Weight w/o pulley

5.6 kgMax. rotations

13,000 x 1/min

Installation Notes

2

Moment of inertia

26 kg*cm

Outer diameter w/o screw

156 mmLength w/o pulley

172 mmBattery B+ connection

M8

Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.

5

176 | Actuators | Alternators

Ground connection for power and regulator is through the case.
Ensure that the case has a high current, low electrical resistanceconnection to vehicle ground.
Dimensions

5

Ordering Information
Alternator B5
Order number F02U.V01.747-03

Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 177

Electronic Throttle Body

54 mm
60 mm
68 mm
82 mm
Electrical Data
Supply voltage

6 to 16 V

Supply voltage sensor

5 ± 0.2 V

Max. allowed generator current<10.0 A

Characteristic
Output signal I

0 to 5 V for 0 to 90°

Output signal II

5 to 0 V for 0 to 90°

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Features

Installation Notes

 Many bore diameters available

For correct mounting please respect the hints on the next page
“Mounting position”.

 Throttle position sensor is redundant For flex-fuel, CNG, LPG

The ETB can be connected directly to control units with ETC functionality.

 Idle default position

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

The throttle body is designed to control the fresh airof spark ignition engines in combination with anelectronic throttle control system. ETB applications
with flex-fuel, CNG and LPG are permissible if injected in the air flow after the throttle body.
A typical ETC system includes the following components: electronic throttle body, accelerator pedal
module and electronic control unit.
You will find the available bore diameters in the variations table.

Max. vibration-40 to 140°C
2

50 to 250 m/s at 50 Hz to 2
kHz

Ordering Information
Electronic Throttle Body 32 mm
Order number 0280.750.148
Electronic Throttle Body 40 mm
Order number 0280.750.149
Electronic Throttle Body 44 mm
Order number 0280.750.137

Electronic Throttle Body 50 mm
Order number 0280.Y05.107-10
Electronic Throttle Body 52 mm
Order number F02U.V01.184-01
Electronic Throttle Body 54 mm
Order number 0280.750.150

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Available bore diameters

All ETBs have an idle air position.

Electronic Throttle Body 46 mm
Order number F02U.V01.171-01

Application
Temperature range

Two redundant sensors control the up to date throttle position.

32 mm
40 mm
44 mm
46 mm
50 mm
52 mm

Electronic Throttle Body 60 mm
Order number 0280.750.151
Electronic Throttle Body 68 mm
Order number 0280.750.156
Electronic Throttle Body 82 mm
Order number 0280.750.101

5178 | Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body

Dimensions
Mounting position

5

Actuators | Electronic Throttle Body | 179

Variations
Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 32 mm

Body 40 mm

Body 44 mm

Body 46 mm

Body 50 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)Connector

32
D261.205.358-01

40
D261.205.358-01

44
D261.205.358-01

46
D261.205.356-01

50
D261.205.356-01

Pin 1 A

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -

Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 DPin 5 E

Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2Motor +
Poti 2

Pin 6 F

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

40

50

50

58

58

Hole circle diameter(mm)50 x 5050 x 5050 x 5053 x 53

53 x 53

Weight (kg)Max. air flow rate*

0.9
394 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
695 kg/h at 85° angle

0.9
not specified

0.95
978 kg/h at 85° angle

0.95
not specified

Opening direction**counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

counterclockwise

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Electronic Throttle

Body 52 mm

Body 54 mm

Body 60 mm

Body 68 mm

Body 82 mm

Bore Diameter (mm)

52

54

60

68

82

Connector
Pin 1 A

D261.205.356-01
Poti 1

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -

D261.205.356-01
Motor -

D261.205.358-01
Motor -Pin 2 B

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -

Poti -Pin 3 C

Motor -

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Poti +

Pin 4 D

Poti 2Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Motor +

Pin 5 E
Pin 6 F

Motor +
Poti +

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Poti 2
Poti 1

Flange diameter (mm)

58

70

68.5

75

90

Hole circle diameter (mm)53 x 53

60 x 60

60 x 60

65 x 65

75 x 75

Weight (kg)

0.95

0.95

0.95

1.1

1.1

Max. air flow rate*
Opening direction***ambient conditions:

not specified
not specified
counterclockwise
counterclockwise
Air pressure : 1,000 mbar
Differential pressure Δp: 600 mbar ± 25 mbar
Rel. humidity rF: 40 %not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

not specified
counterclockwise

Air temperature T: 24°C**Opening direction is related to view. See drawing on bottom of chapter "Dimensions".

5

180 | Actuators | Power Steering Pump

Power Steering Pump VPS15

Maximum Fluid Temperature(continuous)

120°C

Maximum Fluid Temperature(transient)

135°C

Recommended Speed<4,500 RPM

Maximum Speed

9,000 RPM

Direction of rotation

Clockwise

Maximum Belt tension

3,000 N

Technical Specifications

5

Mechanical Data
Length154 mm

Width

99 mm

Height

151 mmWeight1.88 kg

Hydraulic Connections
Features Reduced power consumption up to 50 %Inlet

⌀20 + 0.2 mm removable hosebarb fitting

OutletM16x1.5 mm threaded fittingwith crush washer 15 l/min flow at 10 bar
 Maximum pressure 135 bar
 Interchangeable valve screw allows for flow
rates from 9 l/min to 15.0 l/min

Torque Specs
Valve Screw

65 + 5 Nm

Outlet Fitting

40 Nm max.

 Flexible mounting orientation
There are many instances in motorsport where highsteering load is encountered at low engine speed,
such as navigating the garage or pit box exit. Traditional pumps have a ratiometric output whichmeans the engine power at high revs is sacrificed
for adequate pressure at low revs (pump must be
oversized).
The Bosch Variable Displacement Power Steering
Pump (VPS15) reclaims wasted power by reducing
delivery margin as pump speed increases, while
maintaining high fluid flow at low RPM. The VPS15
also allows for greatly reduced fluid temperatures,
potentially eliminating the need for a cooler. The
VPS15 can accommodate flow rates from 9 to 15 l/
min with a replaceable flow screw at the pump outlet.
Application
Delivery Pressure

Up to 135 bar

Delivery Volume (before controlled flow)

13 ccm/rev

Delivery Volume (controlledflow)

15 ± 0.7 l/min at 10 bar with
Pentosin ATF

Pressure Limiting Valve

135 - 8 bar

Fluid Compatibility

Pentosin ATF, CHF 11s, CHF
202

Flow Data

Actuators | Power Steering Pump | 181

Power Consumption
Installation Notes
Please use within specified limit values only.
Low pressure (inlet fitting) is press fit into the pump and can be removed.
3 bolt flange can be removed from pump shaft.
Please find further mounting dimensions below.
Ordering Information
Power Steering Pump VPS15
Order number F02U.V0U.339-01
Accessories
Valve Screw Spare Parts
Order number F02U.B0U.025-01

Dimensions

1.85
47

CW ROTATION
WHEN FACING
PUMP

1.97
50

1.50
38

1.10
28

0.16
4

1.71
43.5

15 (3x)M8x1.25
20Nm + 4
1.57
40

1.57
40

M8x1.25 THRU (3x)5182 | Actuators | Power Steering Pump

0.79
20

1.18
30

2.91
74
1.14
29

1.18
30

5.95
151.0650.31
8M8x1.25 20 (2x)20Nm + 4
1.14
29

1.14
29

2.72
69
5.02
127.506.07
154.07

1.54
39

Actuators | Starter | 183

Starter 1.7 kW

Vibration

High protection

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight3,700 g

Revolutions

3,600 x 1/min

Module2,11Direction of rotation

Counterclockwise

Internal gear ratio i

4.364 or 5.0

Electrical Data
Performance

1.7 kW

Installation Notes
Typical lifetime before service: max. 6,000 km / 30 h

Features

For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program.

 1.7 kW

Ordering Information

 3,600 x 1/min

Starter 1.7 kWThis starter is specially constructed for motorsportdemand. It is a pre-engaged drive starter; we offer itin counterclockwise version.
Further special versions on request.
Application
Max. temperature

150°C

Internal gear ratio i = 4.364
Order number F02U.V02.970-01
Starter 1.7 kWInternal gear ratio i = 5.0
Order number F02U.V02.971-01

5

184 | Actuators | Starter

Dimensions

5

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 185

Wiper Direct Actuator WDA

Mechanical Data
Size

104.7 x 174.7 x 117.1 mm

Max. wipe cycles/min

Depending on wipe angle

Max. wipe angle

160°

Max. torque

35 Nm

Weight1,270 gMax. vibration

30 % of Vibration Profile 1
or 100 % of Vibration Profile 1
in combination with silentblocks (see www.boschmotorsport.com)

Electrical Data

FeaturesPower supply

9 to 16 V

Supply current at 40 cycles/min.

Typ. 3.4 A

Supply current at 60 cycles/min.

Typ. 6.3 A

LIN Protocol

 Analog and LIN versions available

LIN Version

2.0

 Optimized hardware for motorsport applications

LIN Speed

19.2 kbaud

Message ID

0x31

 Customer specific calibration of wiping angles
and speed

BYTE 0 Value

0

0

Kl. X

Kl. 15Counter

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 1 Value

SPD2

SPD1

INT

SST

INT Mode

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 2 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 3 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 4 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0BYTE 5 Value

0

0

0

0

0 0 0 0

Bit

7

6

5

4

3 2 1 0

The WDA is a wiper motor designed to execute reversing movements instead of rotating 360° like a
conventional wiper.
Its function and many operating modes are managed
by integrated control electronics. The user is able tocontrol the desired operating mode simply byswitching its analog inputs to ground (Analog version) or via LIN (LIN version). The gear, the motor
and the electronics are all installed in the same
housing.
The main benefit of this wiper motor is its direct rotation movement which replaces external gears andthe possibility of programming the operating speed
and end positions of all its function modes, upon request.
Application
Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications
WDA Analog Operating modes

WDA LIN Operating modes

•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2

•
•
•
•
•

Stop
Interval
Speed 1
Speed 2Single stroke

Byte

Bit

SignalExplanation

Values[dez]

0

0 to 3

Counter

The counter has to be
increased with each
LIN-message

0 to 15

0

4

Kl. 15

Clamp 15 Bit has to
be enabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

0

5

Kl. X

Clamp X Bit has to beenabled for operation

ON=1
OFF=0

5

186 | Actuators | Wiper Motor

1

1

5

0 to 3

4

INT
Mode

Interval
speed:
1=1
2=5
3=9
4=13

Installation Notes

Single stroke operation mode (enabled
once if Bit is set temporary)

ON=1
OFF=0

The WDA Analog can be operated by switching the analog inputs
between ground and voltage supply.

Interval Mode (enabled if operation
mode interval is set)

SST

1

5

INT

Operation mode interval

ON=1
OFF=0

1

6

SPD1

Operation mode
speed 1

ON=1
OFF=0

1

7

SPD2

Operation mode
speed 2

ON=1
OFF=0

STOP

Operation mode stopis enabled if SST, INT,
SPD1 and SPD2 are
OFF (default)

Typical lifetime: max. 220 h / 1 year
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program

The WDA LIN can be operated by all ECUs with LIN 2.X Masterfunction. Further information about the LIN-Frame available uponrequest.
Make sure that the wiper is in its workspace when restarting after a
power failure (upper and lower limit).
Please contact us to define the desired angle of all the operating
modes.
The acceleration values can be exceeded by using silentblocks(F02U 003 027-01).
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thespecifications.

Connectors and Wires

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector

CEP2M-AMP-4

Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.

Mating connector

F02U.B00.542-01

LIN ID 0x32 (Tx) is used for internal WDA diacnostic porpouses.
Make sure that the LIN ID 0x32 is not used in your LIN network by
any other device.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request

Delivery Status

Pinout Analog
Pin 1

AN2

Pin 2

AN1

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

The motor will be delivered with three mounting screws. The
screws are pre-assembled with a few thread turns.
• Self-tapping screw referred to DIN 7500
• PE M6x20• Maximum tightening torque: 8 Nm
Ordering Information

Pinout LIN
Pin 1

LIN

Pin 2

Special functions, e.g. Master/Slave

Pin 3

Gnd

Pin 4

US

WDA LIN
Order number F02U.V00.838-04
WDA Analog
Order number F02U.V00.938-03
Accessories
Silentblock
Order number F02U.003.027-01

Actuators | Wiper Motor | 187

Dimensions

5188 | Actuators | Wiper Motor

5

eMobility

6

e-GoKart Powertrain190

190 | eMobility | e-GoKart Powertrain

e-GoKart Powertrain YoungStar

Switches

At steering wheel: reverse and boost
At body for system: On/Off, neutral/drive, key
switch for 3 different power maps

Technical Specifications
Power Unit PU 5-10
Component specification

6

Technology

Claw pole electric motor withintegrated inverter and µC

Maximum engine power

8.0 kW

Scalable power maps

3 available

Maximum engine torque

50 Nm

Maximum speed

10.000 rpm

Weight9,8 kg

Thermal system

Air cooled with integrated fans

Energy Storage ES 5-2.4
Component specification
Technology

Lithium-Ion with Battery Management System

Capacity

2 x 2.4 kWh

Driving time under racing conditions with 4.8 kW

More than 1 hour

Total charging time

4 hours (2 hours per battery)

Charge connector

230 V

Weight2 to 4 x 15 kg

Thermal system

Passive cooled

Features Ready to use solution
 Lowest maintenance costs due to highly reliable electrical powertrain Advanced software and permanent software
monitoring Excellent drivability in all applications
The e-GoKart System combines traditional kartingand future-oriented technology. High energy andpower density of the air-cooled system components are ideal for small and lightweight vehicles
like e-GoKarts. With high torque, the e-GoKart System supports convincing driving behavior and funto-drive. The e-GoKart System provides high powerover a wide range for maximum vehicle speed. By
intelligent software, the e-GoKart System gets thebest out of the vehicle at any time and any driving
profile, energy recuperation included. The systemis safe and reliable based on automotive qualified
components and a development approach according to automotive standards. The e-GoKart System
is a platform for easy scalability over different
vehicle classes and types.
Application
System weight∼41 kgNominal voltage

48 V (no special safety precautions are required)Power modes

Reverse, boost, 3 different power maps (canbe calibrated according to customer requirements)

Network

Optional external remote control with speed
limitation to 5 km/h

Content of kit
Power Unit PU 5-10
2 x Energy Storage ES 5-2.4
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 40
Display Unit DDU 18
DC/DC converter
Charger Energy Storage CH 5-1.2
Wiring harness with switches
Acceleration Pedal Sensor

F02U.V02.691-01

Brake Inductive Sensor

F02U.V02.690-01

Pressure Sensor

0261.545.030

Installation Notes
Typical lifetime Battery: 80 % battery capacity after 2,200 h /1,500 cycles according to Bosch standard validation program
Typical lifetime PU and VCU: max. 3,000 h
For application with severe conditions and/or high volume, pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport counterpart in order to define themost appropriate validation program
Ordering Information
e-GoKart Powertrain Young Star
Order number F02U.V02.649-02

Sensors

7

Air Pressure

192

Fluid Pressure

205

Gear Shift

218

Knock

220

Lambda227

Pressure & Temperature

237

Rotary Position

250

Speed

252

Steering Wheel Angle

271

Temperature

273

Vehicle Dynamics

286

192 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Overview

7

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AL

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
or 0.2 to 2.5 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 20 g

• Application: 0.4 to 4.0 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 15 g

• Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 21 g

• Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar• Response time: 0.1 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 11 to 16 V
• Weight: 21 g

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Pressure Sensor Air PSP• Application: 0.5 to 4.0 bar• Response time: 0.2 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 20 g

• Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar• Response time: 0.2 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolute• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 17 g

Sensors | Air Pressure | 193

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,848 mV/bar

Offset-4.8 mV

30.4 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Dat
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 20 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 2.5 bar).
Tolerance 0.2 to 2.5 bar

Application
Application

Please see variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Variations
PS-AA (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PS-AA (0.2 to 2.50
bar)Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.034 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.48 %7194 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Expansion of Tolerance

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires

7

Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Safety Note

Pin 3

Sig

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
The PS-AA is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Dimensions

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

0.1 to 1.15 bar
Order number 0261.230.216
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA

0.2 to 2.5 bar
Order number 0261.230.284

Sensors | Air Pressure | 195

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AL

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.50 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.035 bar / ± 0.050 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.00 % / ± 1.43 %Sensitivity

1,142.86 mV/bar

Offset-71.43 mV

Tolerance

7
Features Application: 0.4 to 4.0 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V

Expansion of Tolerance Weight: 15 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Application
Application

0.4 to 4 bar

Connectors and Wires

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connector

Max. pressure

6 bar

Hirschmann872-975- …AK,
Code A, Variant 1

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Mating connector

F02U.B00.555-01

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Pin 1

Sig

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Pin 2

Gnd

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Pin 3

US

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data

Installation Notes

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.95 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

15 g

The PS-AL is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.

SealingO-ring 9.25x1.78 mm

The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

196 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AL
Order number 0261.230.441

7Dimensions

Sensors | Air Pressure | 197

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.07 %Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mVTolerance

7
Features Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar
 Response time: 1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 bar

Connectors and Wires

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Connector

RB-COMP 1.1a/3P/Kod.1

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Mating connector

D261.205.366-01

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Pin 2

Gnd

Technical Specifications

Pin 3

Sig

Mechanical Data

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

21 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Installation Notes
The PS-AS is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

198 | Sensors | Air Pressure

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

7

Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS
Order number 0281.002.996

Dimensions

Sensors | Air Pressure | 199

Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N

Electrical Data
Power supply US

11 to 16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.7 V

Typical current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

1.0 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS)± 0.016 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %Sensitivity

4,041.62 mV/bar

Offset-4.16 mV

Tolerance

7
Features Application: 0.1 to 1.15 bar
 Response time: 0.1 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 11 to 16 V

Expansion of Tolerance Weight: 21 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronics for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is analog.
Application
Application

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connectors and Wires

Max. pressure

5 bar

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Operating temp. range-40 to 125°C-40 to 125°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Media temp. range
Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Pin 1

US

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Max. vibration

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

2 x #4-40 screws

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Fitting

Flat O-ring boss

SleeveDR-25

Weight w/o wire

21 g

Wire size

AWG 24O-ring 4.5 x 1.5 mm

Wire length L

64.5 cm

Sealing200 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Installation Notes
The PSA-N is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau 02 ms) is recommended.

Safety Note

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Surface finish of the mounting surface should not exceed 0.8 micro meters RMS.

Dimensions

7

Surface flatness tolerance at sensor mount interface must not exceed +/- 0.025 mm after sensor is torqued in place.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N
Order number F02U.V0U.197-02

Sensors | Air Pressure | 201

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

20 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max.

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic

FeaturesResponse time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

0 to 80°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.056 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,143 mV/bar(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Offset-71 mV(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered) Application: 0.5 to 4.0 bar
 Response time: 0.2 ms

Tolerance Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 20 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box and boost pressure ofgasoline or Diesel engines over a wide range.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element, electronics for signal-amplificationand temperature-compensation. The output of thesensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of the high quality of the production
part and an individual calibration. Each sensor is delivered with a calibration sheet to enable very small
measurement tolerances. Furthermore the sensor
has a very short response time.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.5 to 4 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

20 m/s2 at 10 to 1,000 Hz

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

7

202 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System www.bosch-motorsport.com
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSB-4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).

7

Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Please note that the 6mm tube connector has no function.

Ordering Information

To optimize the accuracy of this sensor, an individual calibration
sheet is delivered with each sensor.

Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4
Order number B261.209.348-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
www.bosch-motorsport.com
Dimensions

Sensors | Air Pressure | 203

Pressure Sensor Air PSP

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.5 to 5.5 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.3 to 4.8 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

0.2 msCompensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.042 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.4 %

Sensitivity

1,518 mV/bar

Offset96 mV

7Tolerance
Features Application: 0.2 to 3.0 bar
 Response time: 0.2 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolute Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 17 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air-pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and an electronic for signal-amplification and temperature compensation. The output of
the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of both high quality production part andmotorsport connector.

Expansion of Tolerance

Application
Application

0.2 to 3 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

5 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

Storage temp. range-40 to 130°C

Max. vibration

0.19 mm at 100 to 200 Hz
250 m/s2 at 200 to 500 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Technical Specifications

Pin 4

US

Mechanical Data

Pin 5

-

Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 mm

Weight w/o wire

17 g

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
SleeveDR-25

204 | Sensors | Air Pressure

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSP is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15, E22
and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).

7

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Dimensions

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Air PSP
Order number B261.209.690-01

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 205

Overview

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-10Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSA

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-10• Application: 0 to 10 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V
Variant) or 1 ms (12 V Variant)• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 or 12 V
• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 260 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

• Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10,
20, 35, 60, 70, 100, 200,
350, 700 bar• Response time: 1 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 8 to 30 V
• Weight: 13 g

• Application: 1 to 11 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600• Application: 0 to 250 bar• Response time: 1.5 ms• Pressure reference type: Relative• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 45 g

• Application: 0 to 140, 260,
420, 600 bar• Response time: 2 ms
• Pressure reference type: Absolut• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 35 g

7

206 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Technical Specifications
Variations

7

PSC-10 (5 V)

PSC-10 (12 V)

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

9 to 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

0 to 5 V non-ratiometricResponse timeT10/901.5 ms

1.0 msSensitivity

400 mV/bar at US =5V

500 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

0 mV

Pin 1

-

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Sig

Pin 4

US

-

Pin 5

-

-

Features

Mechanical Data Application: 0 to 10 bar

Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 8.1 x 1.6 mm

 Response time: 1.5 ms (5 V Variant) or 1 ms (12V Variant) Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 or 12 V

Electrical Data

 Weight: 45 g

Power supply US

Please see variations

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

Please see variations

Current IS

8 mA

This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air. The sensor
is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.
Application

Characteristic
Response time T10/90

Please see variations

Compensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Application

0 to 10 bar (a)Connectors and Wires

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Max. pressure

20 bar
-40 to 125°C

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Operating temp. range
Media temp. range-40 to 125°C

SleeveDR-25

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
Hz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 207

Installation Notes
The PSC-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Ordering Information

Each mounting orientation is possible.

4.75 to 5.25 V

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Order number F02U.V01.268-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10

9 to 30 V
Order number F02U.V01.295-01

Dimensions

M10x1

7

9.5
12

11
12

208 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSC-260

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 Nm in steel
32.5 Nm in aluminum

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data

7

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratio metric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic

Features

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

15.38 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Application: 0 to 260 bar
 Response time: 2 ms
 Pressure reference type: Absolut

Connectors and Wires Power supply: 5 V

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

 Weight: 35 g

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

US

Pin 5

-

The PSC-260 is specially designed to measure absolute pressure in gasoline direct injection applications. This sensor is also compatible with other kindof fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil orbrake fluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
SleeveDR-25

Wire length L

13 to 95 cm

Installation Notes

Application

The PSC-260 can be connected directly to most control units.
Please consider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.

Application

0 to 260 bar (a)Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

320 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Max. vibration

The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.

2

560 m/s at 800 to 900 Hz
350 m/s2 at 1.000 to 2.500 Hz

Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 209

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260
Order number F02U.V00.990-03
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

Dimensions

7

Sensor

Adapter

210 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSMSA

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Housing

Stainless steel

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

11 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight13 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

7

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic

Features Application: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar
 Response time: 1 ms

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 %FSO/100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 8 to 30 V
 Weight: 13 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Application

Pin 3

Sig

Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

Scr

Pressure reference typeabsolute

SleeveViton

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The PSM-SA can be connected directly to most control units.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 211

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Ordering Information

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

100 % relative humidity is possible.

Order number F02U.V01.946-01

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

0 to 3.5 bar

0 to 6 bar
Order number F02U.V01.947-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.948-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 20 bar
Order number F02U.V01.949-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.950-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.951-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 70 bar
Order number F02U.V01.724-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.952-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.953-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.954-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.064-01

Dimensions

7

212 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

7
FeaturesResponse time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V± 0.1 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US=5 V

Offset

100 mV at US=5 V

Connectors and Wires Application: 1 to 11 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

 Pressure reference type: Absolut Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 45 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique. These are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low price.
Application

Installation Notes
The PSS-10 can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.

Application

1 to 11 bar (a)The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Safety Note

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
HzThe sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10
Order number B261.209.341-01

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

Ordering Information

M10x1

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 213

Dimensions

7

214 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-250R

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Wrench size

17 mmInstallation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

45 g

SealingO-ring 7.65 x 1.63 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max± 30 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric

Current IS

8 mA

Characteristic

7
Features Application: 0 to 250 bar
 Response time: 1.5 ms

Response time T10/90

1.5 msCompensated range

0 to 90°C

Tolerance (FS)± 2.5 barTolerance (FS)±1%

Sensitivity

16 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Connectors and Wires Pressure reference type: Relative

Connector

Bosch Compact

 Power supply: 5 V

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.339-01

 Weight: 45 g

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

This sensor is designed to measure the pressure of
media in relation to the ambient pressure (e.g.
Diesel, gasoline, water, engine oil, transmission oilor air). The sensor is available for two different supply voltage ranges.
The sensor uses stainless steel measuring cells with
piezo-resistive measuring bridges in thin layer technique, which are hermetically welded together withstainless steel pressure ports. This guarantees acomplete media compatibility.
The main benefit of this sensor is the high quality ofa production part at a low priceInstallation Notes
The PSS-250R can be connected directly to most control units.
The sensor has a protection for over voltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Application
Application

0 to 250 bar (r)Pressure reference typerelative

Max. pressure

500 barOperating temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 125°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-20 to 50°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E 85 / M 100

Max. vibration

100 m/s2 rms at 10 to 2,000
HzEach mounting orientation is possible.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 215

Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R

4.75 to 5.25 V
Order number B261.209.965-01

Dimensions

7

216 | Sensors | Fluid Pressure

Pressure Sensor Fluid
PSS-140/260/420/600

Technical Specifications
Variations
PSS

-140

-260

-420

-600

Application (bar) 0 to

140

260

420

600

Max. pressure (bar)

180

320

560

660

Sensitivity at US = 5 V(mV/bar)

28.57

15.38

9.52

6.67

Mechanical Data

7

Male thread

M10 x 1

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque22 ± 2 Nm in aluminum
32.5 ± 2.5 Nm in steel

Weight w/o wire

35.2 g

Sealingsealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

10 to 90 % US ratiometric Application: 0 to 140, 260, 420, 600 bar

Current IS

12 mA

 Response time: 2 ms

Characteristic

 Pressure reference type: Absolut

Load capacity

10 nF

Output resistance

10 OhmTolerance (FS)

+ 1 % (0 to 100°C)+ 1.5 % (-40 to 0°C and 100 to
130°C)

Sensitivity

Please see Variations

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Features Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 35 g
The PSS is specially designed to measure absolutepressure in gasoline direct injection applications.
This sensor is also compatible with other kind of fluids e.g. Diesel, engine oil, transmission oil or brakefluid.
The sensor uses a thin layer technique to achieve
high accuracy pressure measurements. The stainlesssteel measuring cells with piezoresistive bridges arehermetically welded with stainless steel pressure
ports. The internal reference ensures ambient pressure independent measurements.
The main benefits of this sensor are its high accuracy, its wide measurement range and its robust andcompact design.
Application
Application and max. pressure

Please see Variations

Pressure reference typeabsolute

Operating and media temp.
range-40 to 130°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration

210 m/s2 at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s² at 1,350 to 2,000 Hz

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

3-pole Compact
D261.205.366-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

Installation Notes
The PSS- can be connected directly to most control units. Pleaseconsider the TCI for the electrical connection of the sensor.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.
Each mounting orientation is possible.
Please consider using the adapter F02U.002.711-01.
The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Sensors | Fluid Pressure | 217

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information

Safety Note

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-260
Order number 0261.545.040

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140
Order number 0261.545.053

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-420
Order number 0261.545.136
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-600
Order number 0261.B23.789-06
Accessories
Adapter
Order number F02U.002.711-01

Dimensions

7

Sensor

Adapter

218 | Sensors | Gear ShiftGear Shift Sensor GSS-2

Mech. load limit

1800 NMax. cycles at 300 N

300,000 cycles

Electrical Data
Power supply

12 V

Characteristic
Signal Output

0.5 to 4.5 V

Zero Output

2.5 V

Connectors and Wires

7

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

-

Features

Pin 5

Scr

 Max. vibration: 800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

 Weight w/o wire: 90 g

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

 Output signal: 0.4 to 4.5 V
This sensor is designed to measure force relative togear shifting in order to control the engine operation
allowing the driver to maintain no-lift-shift/full
throttle during shifting (up and down).
A circuit of precise resistors and an integrated amplifier supply a force dependent output voltage signal.
As soon as this signal exceeds a certain thresholdvalue in the ECU, the ignition and injection can be
adjusted automatically according to the individual
ECU application.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport spec
connection. Furthermore this sensor has a dual way
functionality.
Application
Measuring range-450 to 450 N

Max. vibration

800 m/s2 at 5 Hz to 2 kHz

Operating temperature range

0 to 80°C

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

90 g

Size

65 x 16 x 16 mm

Mounting

2 x M10 x 1

Tightening torque22 Nm

Mech. range programmable up
to

450 N

Fmax

800 N

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Sensor voltage
Force (N)Voltage (V)

450

4.673

360

4.225

270

3.797

180

3.397

90

2.941

0

2.538

-90

2.141

-180

1.672

-270

1.255

-360

0.820

-450

0.402

Sensors | Gear Shift | 219

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The GSS-2 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated thread.

Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2
Order number B261.209.227-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions(Increasing Voltage)

View B
M1 0 x 1

C

16

22

GSS2
B

Direction of signal altering force

thread length 11,7 mm
max. fastening torque 22 Nm

1 66(Decreasing Voltage)

4.25

16

View C
M1 0 x 1
thread length 11,7 mm
max. fastening torque 22 Nm

7

220 | Sensors | Knock

Overview

7

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Knock Sensor KS4-R2• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 48 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz• Weight: 82 g
• Height sensor head: 18 mm• Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz• Weight: 60 g
• Height sensor head: 14 mm

Sensors | Knock | 221

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Weight w/o wire

48 gProtection

IP X9K

Electrical Data

Features

Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

26 ± 8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency

30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires

 Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(F02U.B00.966-01)
or
2-Pin Jetronic(D261.205.288-01)

Pin 1

Sig+

Pin 2

Sig-

 Weight: 48 g
 Height sensor head: 18 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. The small packaging is accomplished by integrating the connector
directly to the sensor.

Installation Notes
The KS4-P can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Safety Note

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

Technical Specifications

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Mechanical Data

Mating Connector: 2-Pin RB-Kp.1

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Order number 0261.231.173

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Knock Sensor KS4-P

Installation torque

20±5 Nm

Order number 0261.231.188

Mating Connector: 2-Pin Jetronic

7222 | Sensors | Knock

Dimensions

7

Sensors | Knock | 223

Knock Sensor KS4-R

Protection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 25 kHz

Sensitivity at 5 kHz

28.8 mV/g

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connectors and Wires
Features Frequency: 3 to 25 kHz

Connector

A 261 230 252

Mating connector 2-pole

2-Pin RB-Kp.1(D261.205.337-01), L=530
mm
or
2-Pin RB-Kp.3(F02U.B00.967-01), L=400
mm

Pin 1

Sig +

Pin 2

Sig -

SleevePUR

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

See Ordering Information

 Weight: 82 g
 Height sensor head: 18 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. Connection to thissensor can be tailored to customer requirements
through specified wire lengths and various connector
options.
Application
Application

3 to 25 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 130°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.
Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Technical Specifications

Safety Note

Mechanical Data

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Male thread (for cast)

M8x25

Male thread (for AI)

M8x30

Installation torque20 ± 5 Nm

Weight w/o wire

82 g

7

224 | Sensors | Knock

Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.1, L = 530 mm
Order number 0261.231.218
Knock Sensor KS4-R

Mating Connector 2-Pin RB-Kp.3, L = 400 mm
Order number 0261.231.223

Dimensions

7

Sensors | Knock | 225

Knock Sensor KS4-R2

Fixing screw for aluminum

M8x30

Installation torque20 + 5 Nm

Weight w/o Connector

60 gProtection

IP 54

Electrical Data
Range of frequency

3 to 30 kHz

Max. sensitivity changing (lifetime)-17 %Linearity between 5 to 15 kHz(from 5 kHz value)-10 to 10 %Linearity between 15 to 20 kHz(linear increasing with freq)

20 to 50 %Main resonance frequency> 30 kHz

7
Features Frequency: 3 to 30 kHz
 Weight: 60 g
 Height sensor head: 14 mm
This sensor is used for detecting structural born vibrations in spark ignition engines due to uncontrolled combustion. This sensor is suitable for operation in extreme conditions.
Due to the inertia of the seismic mass, the sensor
moves in correlation to the engine block vibration;
this motion results in a compressive force which isconverted into a voltage signal via a piezoceramic
sensor element. As a result, upper and lower voltage
thresholds can be defined directly correlating to an
acceleration magnitude.
The main benefits of this sensor are its robust mechanical design, compact housing and precise determination of structure-related noise. This version is an
optimized part for Motorsport applications based ona series application development. Compared to theprevious version, the advantage of this new modification is that this product has an extended frequency
and higher operating temperature rating.
Application
Application

3 to 30 kHz

Operating temperature range-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Max. vibration≤ 800 m/s2 at 0 to 24 kHz≤ 4,000 m/s2 at 5 to 24 kHz(short-term)

Impedance> 1 MOhm

Temperature dependence ofsensitivity

0.04 mV/g°C

Capacity field
Connectors and Wires

1,150 ± 200 pF

Connector

ASX602-03PC-HE

Mating connector
ASX002-03SC-HE

F02U.002.840-01

Pin 1

Sig

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Scr

SleeveElastomer

Wire size

0.5 mm2

Wire length L

150 to 450 mm

Various motorsport and automotive connectors on request.
Installation Notes
The KS4-R2 can be connected to all Bosch Motorsport ECUs featuring knock control.
The sensor must rest directly on the brass compression sleeve during operation.
To ensure low-resonance coupling of the sensor to the measurement location, the contact surface must be clean and properly machined to provide a secure flush mounting.

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Fixing screw for cast iron

Ratio of frequency and sensitivity

M8x25

226 | Sensors | Knock

Please route the sensor wire in a way that prevents resonance vibration.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Knock Sensor KS4-R2
Order number F02U.V01.884-01

Dimensions

7

Sensors | Lambda | 227

Overview

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/
ADV pre Turbo

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 600°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 820°C• Thread: M18x1.5• Weight: 120 g• Application: lambda 0.65 to∞• Exhaust gas temperature:
930°C (1,030 for a shorttime)• Hexagon temperature: 700°C• Thread: M16x1.5• Weight: 28 g

7228 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature< 600°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Variations
LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

7

Connector

1928.404.687

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

Wire length L

95.0 cm

LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Features

Connector

AS607-35PN

 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mating connector

AS007-35SN

 Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Wire length L

20.0 to 90.0 cm

Mechanical Data Hexagon temperature: 600°C

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

Wrench size

22 mmTightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

 Thread: M18x1.5
 Weight: 120 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor LSU 4.9 is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU 4.9 capable of being used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges. The connector module contains a trimming resistor, which
defines the characteristic of the sensor.
The main benefit of the LSU 4.9 is the robust design
combined with the high Bosch production quality
standard.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

IP [mA]

lambdaUA [V], v=17

UA [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

Sensors | Lambda | 229-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

Wire length

Please see variations

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.
Observe the maximum permissible temperature.
As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).
The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.
The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.

Heater Strategy
U
13 V

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

8.5 V
1.5 V

Ordering Information

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see variations

Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

Mating connector

Please see variations

With automotive connector

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Order number 0258.017.025
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector
Order number B261.209.358-03

7

230 | Sensors | Lambda

Dimensions

7

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of the mating
thread in the exhaust pipe:
THexagon > 600°C
or TGas > 930°C

Sensors | Lambda | 231

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV
pre Turbo

Exhaust gas temperature (operating)≤ 930°C (≤ 980°C pre Turbo
Version)Max. exhaust gas temperaturefor short time

≤ 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature (operating)≤ 650°C

Max. hexagon temperature forshort time

≤ 700°C

Max. temperature at weldingseam≤ 820°C (pre Turbo Version)Max. temperature difference
between hexagon and weldingseam≤ 330°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature≤ 250°C

Connector temperature≤ 140°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2

7

Features
Technical Specifications
 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Mechanical Data Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Weight w/o wire

120 g

Thread

M18x1.5

 Hexagon temperature: 820°C

Wrench size

22 mm

 Thread: M18x1.5

Tightening torque

40 to 60 Nm

Electrical Data

 Weight: 120 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel). A version with a protection tube ofInconel for pre-turbo-(supercharger) mounting isavailable.
The wide band lambda sensor LSU ADV is a planar
ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated
heater. Its monotonic output signal in the range oflambda 0.65 to air makes the LSU ADV capable ofbeing used as a universal sensor for lambda 1 measurement as well as for other lambda ranges.
The LSU ADV has no trimming resistor inside theconnector what results in just 5 connector pins.
Compared to LSU 4.9, the LSU ADV has a wider
working temperature range.
LSU ADV operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage

10.8 V to 16.5 V

Heater power steady state

8.7 W

Heater control frequency≥ 100 Hz

Nominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 Ohm

Max current load for Nernst cell

≤ 80 µA

Switch-on time

≤5s

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8-0.652 ± 0.032 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1-0.018 ± 0.008 mA

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

0.515 ± 0.022 mA

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V],
v=17

U A [V],v=8-1,38000

0,650

0,048

0,817

-1.11000

0.700

0.332

0.950

-0.88000

0.750

0.574

1.064

-0.65000

0.800

0.816

1.178

-0.47500

0.850

1.000

1.265

-0.37000

0.880

1.111

1.317

232 | Sensors | Lambda

7-0.30000

0.900

1.184

1.351

Connector

1 928 404 669-0.16000

0.950

1.332

1.421

Mating connector

F02U.B00.725-01-0.07600

0.980

1.420

1.462

Pin 1

IP/APE-0.04800

0.990

1.449

1.476

Pin 2

VM/IPN-0.02000

1.000

1.479

1.490

Pin 3

Uh-/H-

0.01167

1.030

1.512

1.506

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

0.03278

1.050

1.534

1.516

Pin 5

nc

0.06444

1.080

1.568

1.532

Pin 6

UN/RE

0.08556

1.100

1.590

1.542

Wire length L

95.0 cm

0.17000

1.180

1.679

1.584

LSU ADV pre Turbo with automotive connector

0.23080

1.260

1.743

1.614

Connector

1254.488.136

0.36000

1.430

1.879

1.678

Mating connector

F02U.B00.937-01

0.40148

1.500

1.922

1.699

Pin 1

IP/APE

0.52000

1.700

2.047

1.758

Pin 2

VM/IPN

0.54740

1.780

2.076

1.771

Pin 3

Uh- / H-0.77000

2.430

2.310

1.881

Pin 4

Uh+ / H+

1.40000

5.000

2.973

2.193

Pin 5

UN / RE

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

LSU ADV pre Turbo with motorsport connector

Heater Strategy
Effective heater voltage
UH,effmax. 8 s

12 V

application specific

9V

AS607-35PA

Mating connector

AS007-35SA

Pin 1

Uh+ / H

Pin 2

Uh- / H-

Pin 3

IP / APE

Pin 4

VM / IPN

Pin 5

UN / RE

Pin 6

nc

Please specify the required wire length with your order (ADV pre
Turbo max. 33 cm/ADV max. 90 cm).

1,5 s
max.
ramp rate= 0,3 V /sConnector

operating point
reachedSleevefiber glass / silicone coatedVarious motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

Heater power reduced
during condensationwater phase

Installation Notes
1,8 ... 2 V

t=0

0

5

10

15

20

t/s

Pressure Compensation
50∆Ip/Ip / %40

p0 = 1013 hPa

This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
evaluation unit used in lambda control unit LT4 ADV. You’ll find thisunit and more on our homepage at Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture, which does
not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.

30
20
10

Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

0

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

lambda > 1-10lambda < 1

As far as possible install the sensor vertically (wire upwards).

-20
-30
0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

1,2

1,4

1,6

Connectors and Wires
LSU ADV with automotive connector

2,4
2,2
2,0
1,8
absolute pressure / bar

2,6

The sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust-gas passage opposite the sensor must be free of leaks
in order to avoid the effects of leak-air.
Protect the sensor against condensation water.

Sensors | Lambda | 233

The sensor is not to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any
other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease forlubricating the thread.

Ordering Information

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Order number 0258.027.010

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Automotive connector, wire length 95 cm
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV

Motorsport connector, wire length customer specific (max. 90 cm)
Order number F02U.V01.861-01
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Automotive connector, wire length 37 cm
Order number 0258.027.211
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV pre Turbo

Motorsport connector, wire length 33 cm
Order number F02U.V02.908-01

Dimensions

7

Mounting recommendation

Recommended design of themating thread in the exhaust pipe*: THexagon > 600°C or
TGas > 930°C

234 | Sensors | Lambda

Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

Fuel compatibility

gasoline/Diesel/E85

Exhaust gas pressure≤ 2.5 bar (higher with decrease
accuracy)

Exhaust gas temperature range(operating)< 930°C

Exhaust gas temperature range(max.) for short time

< 1,030°C

Hexagon temperature≤ 700°C

Wire and protective sleeve temperature< 250°C

Connector temperature< 150°C

Storage temperature range-40 to 100°C

Max. vibration (stochastic peaklevel)

300 m/s2 (see Installation
Notes)

Technical Specifications

7

Variations
Features

Mini-LSU 4.9 with automotive connector

 Application: lambda 0.65 to ∞Connector

1928.404.682

Mating connector

D261.205.356-01

 Exhaust gas temperature: 930°C (1,030 for ashort time)

Wire length L

950 mm Hexagon temperature: 700°C

Connector

AS607-35PN

 Thread: M16x1.5

Mating connector

AS007-35SN

Wire length L

200 to 1,400 mm

 Weight: 28 g
This sensor is designed to measure the proportion ofoxygen in exhaust gases of automotive engines (gasoline or Diesel).
The wide band lambda sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 is aplanar ZrO2 dual cell limiting current sensor with integrated heater. Its monotonic output signal in therange of lambda = 0.65 to air makes the LSU capableof being used as a universal sensor for lambda = 1
measurement as well as for lean and rich ranges.
The connector housing contains a trimming resistor,
which defines the characteristic of the sensor. The
main benefit of the Mini-LSU 4.9 is its very compact
design in combination with the high Bosch production quality standard. The Mini-LSU is produced andtested in a handmade process.
The complete light weight housing is made of Inconel which makes it resistant against high temperatures. The sensor element is more than 50 % smaller than it is in the production lambda sensor. It isconnected over silver coated steel cables to make it
more reliable against vibrations.
This lambda sensor operates only in combination
with a special LSU-IC, used in most Bosch
Motorsport ECUs and lambda control units like LT4.
You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Electronics/Sensor Interfaces.
Application
Application

lambda 0.65 to ∞Mini-LSU 4.9 with motorsport connector

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

28 g

Thread

M16x1.5

Wrench size

17 mmTightening torque

60 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply H+ nominal

7.5 V

System supply voltage H+(min)

10.8 V

Heater power steady state

7.5 W

Heater control frequency

100 HzNominal resistance of Nernst
cell

300 OhmMax. current load for Nernst
cell

250 µA

Characteristic
Signal output

IP measAccuracy at lambda 0.8

0.80 ± 0.01

Accuracy at lambda 1

1.016 ± 0.007

Accuracy at lambda 1.7

1.70 ± 0.05

I P [mA]

lambdaU A [V], v=17

U A [V], v=8-2.000

0.650

-

0.510

Sensors | Lambda | 235-1.602

0.700

-

0.707

550

703

-1.243

0.750

0.192

0.884

650

686

-0.927

0.800

0.525

1.041

800

665

-0.800

0.822

0.658

1.104

1000

642

-0.652

0.850

0.814

1.177

1200

628

-0.405

0.900

1.074

1.299

2500

567

-0.183

0.950

1.307

1.409

Connectors and Wires-0.106

0.970

1.388

1.448

-0.040

0.990

1.458

1.480

0

1.003

1.500

1.500

0.015

1.010

1.515

1.507

0.097

1.050

1.602

1.548

0.193

1.100

1.703

1.596

0.250

1.132

1.763

1.624

0.329

1.179

1.846

1.663

0.671

1.429

2.206

1.832

0.938

1.701

2.487

1.964

1.150

1.990

2.710

2.069

1.385

2.434

2.958

2.186

1.700

3.413

3.289

2.342

2.000

5.391

3.605

2.490

2.150

7.506

3.762

2.565

2.250

10.119

3.868

2.614

Please note: UA is not an output signal of the lambda sensor, but
the output of the evaluation circuit. Only IP correlates with the oxygen content of the exhaust gas. Amplification factor v=17 is typically used for lean applications (lambda>1), amplification factor
v=8 is typically used for rich applications (lambda<1).

Connector

Please see variations

Mating connector

Please see variations

Sleevefiber glass / silicone coated

Pin 1

Pump current APE / IP

Pin 2

Virtual ground IPN / VM

Pin 3

Heater voltage H- / Uh-

Pin 4

Heater voltage H+ / Uh+

Pin 5

Trim resistor RT / IA

Pin 6

Nernst voltage UN / RE

Wire length

Please see variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
This lambda sensor operates only in combination with a special
LSU-IC, used in most Bosch Motorsport ECUs and lambda control
units like LT4. You’ll find this unit and more on our homepage at
Accessories/Expansion Modules.
The lambda sensor should be installed at point which permits themeasurement of a representative exhaust-gas mixture and which
does not exceed the maximum permissible temperature.
Install at a point where the gas is as hot as possible.

Heater Strategy

Observe the maximum permissible temperature.

U

Sensors should be installed as close to vertical as possible (wireupwards).

13 V

11.62 VThe sensor is not to be fitted near to the exhaust pipe outlet, sothat the influence of the outside air can be ruled out.
The exhaust system up stand and surrounding the sensor must be
sealed in order to avoid the effects of leakage air.

= 0.15 V/s

7.53 V
1.5 V

Resistance/LSU Temperature
R (Ohm)Temp (°C)

80

1030

150

888

200

840

250

806

300 [operating point]

780

350

761

400

744

450

729

Protect the sensor against condensation water. The sensor is not
to be painted, nor is wax to be applied or any other forms of treatment. Use only the recommended grease for lubricating thethread.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
A higher maximum vibration profile is possible and should be determined by the customer’s individual application.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

7

236 | Sensors | Lambda

Ordering Information
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With automotive connector
Order number B258.490.103-30
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9

With motorsport connector
Order number F02U.V02.227-02

Dimensions

7

Mounting recommendation

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 237

Overview

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 1

• Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20,
35, 60, 70, 100, 200, 350,
700 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C• Power supply: 8 to 32 V
• Weight: 15 g

• Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or
0.2 to 3 bar• Temperature: -40 to 150°C
or -40 to 140°C• Power supply: 5 V• Weight: 24 g

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Pressure: 0 to 280 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

Pressure: 0 to 350 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 22 g

Pressure: 0 to 10 bar
Temperature: -40 to 140°C
Power supply: 5 V
Weight: 36 g

7

238 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PSM-SAT

Male thread

M8x1

Wrench size

12 mm

Installation torque

2.5 Nm max.

Weight15 g + 20 g per meter of cable

SealingO-ring 6.35 x 1.6 VITON

Ingress Protection

IP66

Electrical Data

7

Supply voltage

8 to 32 V DC

Max current< 8 mA

Non-Repeatability± 0.05 % FSO typ.

CNL & H± 0.25 % FSO

Bandwidth (-3 dB)

400 HzOutput “FSO”

0.5 to 4.5 V = 4 V ± 50 mV

Characteristic

Features Pressure: 0 to 3.5, 6, 10, 20, 35, 60, 70, 100,
200, 350, 700 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 150°C

Compensated range

20 to 120°C

Long term stability

Offset = 0.1 % span/year;
Span = 0.1 %/year

Zero offset at 23°C

0.5 V ± 50 mV (0.5 ± 100 mV
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Sensitivity/Offset(an individual calibration sheet
will be delivered)

Thermal zero shift “TZS”± 1 % FSO/100°C (± 2 %FSO/100°C for ranges ≤ 10 bar
or 150 psi)

Thermal sensitivity shift “TSS”± 1 %/100°C (± 1.5 %/100°C
for ranges ≤ 10 bar or 150 psi)

Temperature sensor RTD

1,000 Ohms Platinum DIN EN
60751
63 % response time: 3 s max.

 Power supply: 8 to 32 V Weight: 15 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute pressure of various kinds of media e.g. Diesel, gasoline,
water, engine oil, transmission oil or air plus temperature.
The sensor utilizes a flush metal diaphragm as aforce collector. The force is transferred to a solidstate piezo-resistive sensing element via a thin intervening film of noncompressible silicone oil. The
housing is welded hermetically. An individual calibration sheet will be delivered with each sensor.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a good
protection against vibrations.
Application

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASU603-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-05SC-HE

F02U.000.208-01

Pin 1

Power Supply

Pin 2

GroundPin 3

Pressure Signal

Pin 4

Temperature Signal +Pin 5Temperature Signal -Pressure measurement range
versions

3.5 to 700 bar

Pressure reference typeabsolute

SleeveViton

Operating temp. range-40 to 150°C

Wire size

AWG 24

Shock (1/2 sine)

50 g (11 ms) and 200 g (6 ms)

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M100

Max. vibration

2 g (10 Hz to 60 Hz) and 20 g
(60 Hz to 1 KHz)

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Technical Specifications

Installation Notes

Mechanical Data

The PSM-SAT can be connected directly to most control units.

Housing

Stainless steel

Each mounting orientation is possible.

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 239

Please do not fix the sensor directly to the engine block to avoid
undesired strong vibrations.

Ordering Information

100 % relative humidity is possible.

0 to 3.5 bar

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

The sensor meets all EMV, EMC and ESD automotive standards.

Order number F02U.V01.955-01

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

0 to 6 bar
Order number F02U.V01.956-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 10 bar
Order number F02U.V01.980-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 20 bar
Order number F02U.V01.957-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 35 bar
Order number F02U.V01.958-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 60 bar
Order number F02U.V01.962-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 100 bar
Order number F02U.V01.964-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 200 bar
Order number F02U.V01.965-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 350 bar
Order number F02U.V01.966-01
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SAT

0 to 700 bar
Order number F02U.V02.065-01

Dimensions

7240 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 1/PST 3

Tolerance (FS) at US=5V± 0.016 bar± 0.030 bar

Tolerance (FS)± 1.52 %± 1.07 %Sensitivity

4,048 mV/bar

1,518 mV/bar

Offset-4.76 mV

96.43 mV

Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

Weight w/o wire

24 g

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Electrical Data

7

Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max. power supply

16 V

Full scale output UA at 5 V

0.4 to 4.65 V

Current IS

9 mA

Characteristic 1
Features Pressure: 0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar Temperature: -40 to 150°C or -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 24 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Two different pressure ranges are available (0.1 to
1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar).

Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

Please see variations

Tolerance (FS)

Please see variations

Sensitivity

Please see variations

OffsetPlease see variations

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

10

3,791

Application

20

2,499

Application 1

0.1 to 1.15 bar or 0.2 to 3 bar
(a)

25

2,056

30

1,706

Application 2-40 to 130°C

40

1,174

Reference

Absolute

50

833.8

Max. pressure

5 bar

60

595.4

Operating temp. range-40 to 130°C

70

435.6

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

80

322.5

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

90

243.1

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

100

186.6

110

144.2

120

112.7

130

89.28

Technical Specifications
Variations
PST 1 (0.1 to 1.15
bar)

PST 3 (0.2 to 3 bar)Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 241

Tolerance 0.1 to 1.15 bar

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3Power Supply

Pin 4

Pressure Signal

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Installation Notes
The PST 1/PST 3 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98,
M15, E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.

Tolerance 0.2 to 3 bar

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Expansion of Tolerance

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1

Connectors and Wires

0.1 to 1.15 bar

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundDimensions

Order number 0261.230.333
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 3

0.2 to 3 bar
Order number 0261.230.280

7242 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST 4

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.386 to 4.5 V

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1
Response time T10/90

1 ms

Compensated range

10 to 85°C

Tolerance (FS) at US = 5 V

0.042 barSensitivity

1,143 mV/bar

Offset-71.43 mV

Characteristic 2

7
Features

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,303-30

26,108-20

15,458

-10

9,395

0

5,895

 Pressure: 0.4 to 4 bar

10

3,791

 Temperature: -40 to 140°C

20

2,499

25

2,056

30

1,706

40

1,174

50

833.8

60

595.4

70

435.6

80

322.5

90

243.1

100

186.6

110

144.2

 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 22 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute air pressure, especially the air box pressure of gasoline orDiesel engines plus temperature.
An integrated circuit combines a piezo-resistive
sensor element and electronic systems for signalamplification and temperature-compensation. The
output of the sensor is an analog, ratio metric signal.
Application
Application 1

0.4 to 4 bar (a)

120

112.7

Application 2-40 to 130°C

130

89.28

Reference

Absolute

Tolerance

Max. pressure

6 barOperating temp. range-40 to 130°C

Media temp. range-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 40°C

Max. vibration

According to ISO 16750-3

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Mounting

M6 + Washer

Weight without wire

22 g

Fitting

12.05 ± 0.8 mm

SealingO-ring 7.59 x 2.62 mm

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 243

Expansion of Tolerance

Use engine oil (5W40) as O-Ring grease (no silicone based
grease).
Avoid miss-pinning (max. 5 minutes at I = 0.3 A).
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
To avoid damage caused by condensate the maximum mounting
position from vertical is +-60°.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector

D261.205.360-01

Pin 1

GroundPin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3Power Supply

Pin 4

Pressure Signal

Installation Notes
The PST 4 is designed for engines using ROZ95, ROZ98, M15,
E22 and Diesel.
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
To avoid noise, an ECU-input circuit with a RC-low pass filter (tau =2 ms) is recommended.
Dimensions

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4
Order number 0261.230.423

7244 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 1

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque

40 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic 1

7
Features Pressure: 0 to 10 bar
 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V

Response time T10/90

Pressure: <5 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/-2 % at 25 to 85°C

Sensitivity

400 mV/bar at US = 5 V

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

Characteristic 2

 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure relative gasoline
pressure and gasoline temperature in port injection
systems.
The pressure measurement of the sensor is bymeans of a piezoresistive element which is acted on
by a silicon diaphragm in contact with the fluid being measured. The reference (relative) pressure isprovided via an opening in the sensor housing andacts on the active upper side of the silicon diaphragm.
Application
Application 1

0 to 10 bar (a)Application 2-40 to 140°C

Reference

Relative

Max. pressure

20 barOperating temp. range-40 to 140°C (140°C)

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C (140°C)

Storage temp. range-30 to 80°C

Fuel compatibility

Engine oils, most gasoline andDiesel fuelsMax. vibration

80 m/s2 at 20 to 260 Hz
60 m/s2 at 260 to 520 Hz

T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

44,864-30

25,524-20

15,067

-10

9,195

0

5,784

10

3,740

20

2,480

30

1,683

40

1,167

50

824

60

594

70

434.9

80

323.4

90

244

100

186.6

110

144.5

120

113.3

130

89.9

140

71.9

Sensors | Pressure & Temperature | 245

Pin 2

Pressure Signal

Pin 3Power Supply

Pin 4

GroundPin 5

Temperature Signal

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Trapezoid

Mating connector

F02U.B00.751-01

Dimensions

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1
Order number F02U.V0U.194-01

7

246 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 280 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

7
Features Pressure: 0 to 280 bar

Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

14.3 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems.
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

243,241-30

135,753-20

78,716-10

47,258029,287

10

18,68420

12,24025

10,000

30

8,218

40

5,642

Application 1

0 to 280 bar

50

3,955

Reference

Absolute

60

2,826

Max. pressure

340 bar70

2,055

Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

1,519

Resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm

90

1,141Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

868.4

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

669.9

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

523.2

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

413.3

2

140

330.0

Max. vibration

210 m/s RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000HzSensors | Pressure & Temperature | 247

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

Safety Note

Connector

Hirschmann

Mating connector

F02U.B00.596-01

Pin 1

GroundThe sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Pin 2

Pressure Signal

Ordering Information

Pin 3

Temperature Signal

Pin 4Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar
Order number 0261.545.115

7

248 | Sensors | Pressure & Temperature

Pressure Sensor Combined
PST-F 2 350 bar

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M10x1

Weight without wire

36 g

Wrench size

27 mm

Installation torque37.5 ± 2.5 Nm

Sealing

Sealed cone

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 5.25 V

Max power supply US max

16 V (18 V for max. 1 h)

Full scale output UA

0.5 to 4.5 V US ratiometric

Current IS

12 mA

Characteristic 1

7
Features Pressure: 0 to 350 bar

Response time T10/90

Pressure: 0.2 to 0.8 ms
Temperature: 9 s (responsetime of temperature signal in oil
dip bath 20 to 100°C)

Compensated range-40 to 130°C

Tolerance (FS) at US+/- 1 % at 0 to 100°C+/- 1.5 % at -40 to 0°C and 100
to 130°C

Sensitivity at US = 5 V

11.43 mV/bar

Offset

500 mV at US = 5 V

 Temperature: -40 to 140°C
 Power supply: 5 V
 Weight: 36 g
This sensor is designed to measure absolute gasoline pressure and gasoline temperature in direct injection systems
The pressure measurement is based on the expansion of a steel diaphragm, where strain gauges areplaced to a Wheatstone bridge. The measured signal
is proportional to the pressure and is processed in
an application specific integrated circuit.
The temperature measurement is conducted by an
NTC thermistor. The main feature of this sensor is its
compact design and the integration of two functions(temperature and pressure measurements) in a common housing.
Application

Characteristic 2
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

44,864-30

25,524-20

15,067

-10

9,195

0

5,784

10

3,740

20

2,480

25

2,038

30

1,683

40

1,167

Application 1

0 to 350 bar

50

825

Reference

Absolute

60594Max. pressure

390 bar

70434,9Application 2-40 to 140°C

80

323,4

Resistance at 25°C

2 kOhm90

244

Operating temp. range-40 to 140°C

100

186,6

Media temp. range-40 to 140°C

110

144,5

Storage temp. range-40 to 60°C

120

113,3

Biofuel compatibility

E26, E85

130

89,8

2

140

71,9

Max. vibration

210 m/s RMS at 147 to 1,350 Hz
175 m/s2 RMS at 1,350 to 2,000HzSensors | Pressure & Temperature | 249

Installation Notes
The sensor can be connected directly to most control units.
For temperature measurement please use a pull-up resistor with
an optimal value of 4.6 kOhm.
The sensor has a protection for overvoltage, reverse polarity andshort-circuit.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Connectors and Wires

Safety Note

Connector

Bosch Trapezoid

Mating connector

F02U.B00.751-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Temperature Signal

Pin 3

GroundPin 4

Pressure Signal

Pin 5Power Supply

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar
Order number 0261.B35.596-01

7

250 | Sensors | Rotary Position

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Electrical Data
Power supply US

5 ± 0.5 V regulated

Max. overvoltage

24 V

Half voltage tolerance± 2°

Supply current< 12.5 mA

Resolution< 0.1°

Output voltage range

Ratiometric analog

Output load

> 10 kOhm

Characteristic

7

Max. rotation speed

600 RPM

Temp. coefficient± 0.008° Rotation/°C
30°C nominal

Direction of rotation

Both

Redundancy

Yes

Features Rotational movement measurement
 Hall effect technology
 Measurement range: 0 to 360° possible
 Analogue output 0.2 to 4.8 V
 Dual output, fully redundant possible
This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement of throttle position.
The electrical circuit is designed with a magnetic
rotary sensor using a Hall element and digital signal
processing; sensor output is ratiometric. The angular
position is provided by a two pole magnet integrated
in the sensor shaft.
The main benefit of this sensor is its contactless Hall
effect technology and its robust design formotorsport applications which includes fully redundant power and ground.
Application
Application

0 to 360° possible

Operating temperature range

0 to 150°C

Max. vibration

200 m/s2 at 5 to 2,000 Hz

Technical Specifications

Flying lead and Wires
Red

US 1

Blue

Gnd 1

White

Sig 1

Orange

US 2

Green

Gnd 2

Yellow

Sig 2

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 26

Wire length L

100 cmInstallation Notes
The products of the RP series can be connected directly to mostcontrol units.
The sensor is designed with contactless Hall effect technology.

Mechanical Data

Any mounting orientation is possible.

Weight w/o wire

< 36 gProtection class

IP58

Mounting

2 x M4 screw

Lifetime

5 x 106 operations of ±65°

Housing

AluminumSensor is at mid point of electrical angle when shaft and wire exit
are aligned as shown in the offer drawing.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Sensors | Rotary Position | 251

Safety Note

Ordering Information

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Single output, 360° range
Order number F02U.V0U.400-01

Fulfilled Legal Standards/Legal Requirements

Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

EMC Requirement

Dual output, 100° range, crossing signals(throttle)

UNECE10

Order number F02U.V0U.401-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 40° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)
Order number F02U.V0U 402-01
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F

Dual output, 100° range, second signal 50 % offirst (pedal)
Order number F02U.V0U.403-01

7

Dimensions

39.37
1000

0.18
4.6

0.50
12.67

0.24
6

0.24
6

0.23
6

+0.0010.125 0+0.03
3.18 0+0.0010.500 0+0.03
12.70 0SUGGESTED
MATING DRIVESENSOR IS AT HALF
VOLTAGE POSITIONWHEN INDENT ON
SHAFT IS ALIGNEDWITH WIRE EXIT
0.20
5

0.69
17.5

0.10
2.5

1.32
33.4

0.70
18

1.00
25.4

0.43
11

0.12
3.15

252 | Sensors | Speed

Overview

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAD 90
Di
M
N

7

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 12 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 10 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 8 g

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA- Speed Sensor Hall-EffectP
P2
Mini-HA-P

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P sealed

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 18 mm
Max. vibration: 1,000 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 70 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 15 mm
Max. vibration: 400 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 12 g

•
•
•
•

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
Bore diameter: 11.5 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm
Bore diameter: 16 mm
Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at
10 Hz to 2 kHz• Weight w/o wire: 20 gSensors | Speed | 253

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAD 90

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

20 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 1.0 % (≤ 6 kHz)< 1.5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

Environment
Features Max. frequency: ≤10 kHz

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mm Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Width of sync. gap b3

20.79 mm Bore diameter: 11.8 mm

Depth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Connectors and Wires Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft*, crankshaft
or wheel speed), but it is not a “true power-on”
sensor.
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-D 90, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is a very
good detection of the falling edge, due to a differential measuring method. This sensor is a combinationof a high quality production part and robust design
with a small housing.
*: see Installation Notes
Application

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Installation Notes

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active highExternal magnetic fields≤50 mT

The HA-D 90 is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edgeof two teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the falling edge of twoteeth.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

The HA-D 90 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems
Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.

7

254 | Sensors | Speed

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Safety Note

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Dimensions

7

60-2 Teeth

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90
Order number F02U.V00.334-01

Sensors | Speed | 255

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HADi

Bore diameter

12 + 0.2 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 16 V (24 V for max. 5 min.)Current IS<20 mA

Power-on time

1 ms

Characteristic
Signal output width forward

37 to 53 μs (45)Signal output width backward

75 to 105 μs (90)

Accuracy (tolerance)±1.5° (for forward direction)

Signal output

0.52 V to < US

7
Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz
Signal output width (forward: green, backward: red) Air gap: 0.4 to 1.0 mm

Environment Bore diameter: 12 mm

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. crankshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-Di, the magnetic field of the builtin magnet is modulated at the place of the sensors
diff.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the detection of the rotational direction.
Application

Alternative Target Wheel
Target wheel diameter

118 to 370 mm

Width of teeth b1

2.2 to 3.8 mm

Width of gap b2≥4 mm

Depth of teeth h≥4 mm

Target wheel width≥5 mm

Relative magnetic permeability

μ (r) ≥1000

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz forward≤ 6 kHz backward

Connectors and Wires

Target wheel air gap AG

0.4 to 1.0 mm

Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Temperature range-40 to 150°C
Open collector for 1 kOhm

Mating connector
ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.000.228-01

Output circuit
External magnetic fields≤ 100 mT

Pin 1

US

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Pin 4

Nc

Pin 5

Nc

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

Screw 1 x M5

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

256 | Sensors | Speed

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note

Installation Notes
The HA-Di is no true-power-on sensor. It needs the falling edge oftrigger wheel teeth for correct working. After a time of 0.68 s
without rotation of the detected wheel it needs again the fallingedge of two teeth.

Ordering Information

Please specify the angle between the mounting and the target
wheel.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 0
Order number F02U.V01.802-01

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 90
Order number F02U.V01.803-01

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

7

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Dimensions

Direction of rotation of the target wheel, View A

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 180
Order number F02U.V01.804-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di 270
Order number F02U.V01.805-01

Sensors | Speed | 257

760-2 Teeth

258 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAM

Technical Specifications
Variations
Active low with connector / active high with connector
Connector

ASU603-03PN-HE

Mating connector
ASU003-03SN-HE

F02U.000.199-01

Pin 1

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

Sig

Active high, without connector
Red

US

Black

Gnd

Green

Sig

Mechanical Data

7

Weight w/o wire

12 g

Mounting

1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.8 mm

Installation depth L2

30 mm

 Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz

Tightening torque

6 Nm

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Electrical Data

Features Bore diameter: 11.8 mm
 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-M, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output
signal. We offer this sensor with two different typesof output: Active high and Active low.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing and motorsport connectors.

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to < Us

Connectors and Wires
Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.
Pin layout

Please see Variations

SleeveDR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

10 to 100 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

Application

The HA-M can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range- 40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Output type

Please see Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Max. vibration

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

2

1,200 m/s at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Sensors | Speed | 259

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active low
Order number B261.209.283-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active highOrder number B261.209.295-01
Speed Sensor Hall Effect HA-M

Active high, without connector
Order number F02U.V00.627-01

Dimensions

7

260 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAN

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/ wire

13 g w/ 254 mm cable lengthand AS connector
28.5 g w/ 1,000 mm cable
length flying lead

Bore diameter

10 mm

Installation depth L2

14 mm

Tightening torque

6 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

5.6 to 18 mA

Characteristic

7

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge tooth<4 % (≤ 4.2 kHz)

Signal output

0.52 V to VS

Connectors and Wires
Features

Sensor AS connector
Connector

ASL606-05PA-HE

Mating connector

ASL006-05SA-HE

Pin 1

VS

 Bore diameter: 10 mm

Pin 2

GND

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Pin 3SignalPin 4

Not usedPin 5

Not used

Shrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

254 mm Max. frequency: ≤ 4.2 kHz
 Air gap: 0.4 to 1.5 mm

 Weight w/o wire: 8 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheel speed). Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel in front of the HA-N, the magnetic
field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A
Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal
conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The HA-N combines a robust sensing element with alightweight aluminum housing that is well suited for
motorsport use. The sensor element used was specifically selected for its resistance to demagnetization at high temperatures and is programmed for an
active low output. This sensor element is approved
for NASCAR competition as a camshaft speed
sensor.
Application
Application

Rotational speed

Max. frequency≤ 4.2 kHz

Target wheel air gap AG

0.5 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 1 mT

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Sensor Flying lead
WHT/ORGVS

WHT/BLU

GND

WHT

SignalShrink sleeve

DR-25

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

1,000 mm

Installation Notes
The HA-N can be directly connected to most control units and data
logging systems.
If a trigger wheel with different dimensions is used (see environment), the technical function must be tested.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Sensors | Speed | 261

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor AS connector
Order number F02U.V0U.714-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N

Sensor Flying lead
Order number F02U.V0U.714-90

Dimensions

7

Sensor AS connector

Sensor Flying lead

262 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAP

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

18 mm

Installation depth L2

24 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply

4.5 to 24 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 1.5 % (≤6 kHz)< 2 % (≤10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

7
Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Connectors and Wires Bore diameter: 18 mm

Connector

1928.404.227

 Max. vibration: 1,000 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Mating connector
3-pole Compact

D261.205.335-01

 Weight w/o wire: 70 g

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated
at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor
element with integrated signal conditioning circuit
detects this change and generates a digital output
signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with metal housing.

Installation Notes
The HA-P can be connected directly to most control units and data
logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.
Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHzPlease find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 1.4 mm

Safety Note

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output type

Active low

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Max. vibration

1,000 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Technical Specifications

Ordering Information
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P
Order number 0232.103.037

Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

70 g

Sensors | Speed | 263

Dimensions

7

60-2 Teeth

264 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HAP2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

12 g

Bore diameter

15 mm

Installation depth L2

15 mm

Mounting

With screw 1 x M6Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Power supply US

4.75 to 18 V

Current Is

10 mA

Characteristic
Accuracy repeatability of the falling edge of tooth

7

up to 1.5 mm
up to 2.5 mm< 4 % (≤ 10 kHz)
< 8 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Connectors and Wires
Features

Connector

Hirschmann 872-658-501
Cod.A

Mating connector

F02U.B00.520-01

 Air gap: 0.5 to 1.0 mm

Pin 1

US

 Bore diameter: 15 mm

Pin 2

Sig

Pin 3

Gnd

 Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

 Max. vibration: 400 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz
 Weight w/o wire: 12 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
or wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the HA-P2, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning
circuit detects this change and generates a digital
output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part, robust
design, very small housing and low weight.

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h1

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Installation Notes
Application Notes

Application

The HA-P2 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Application

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Application

Speed

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

Max. frequency≤10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.5 to 2.5 mm

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Temperature range-40 to 160°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields< 0.1 mTMax. vibration

400 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Sensors | Speed | 265

Safety Note

Ordering Information

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P2
Order number 0232.103.111

Dimensions

7

60-2 Teeth

266 | Sensors | Speed

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

1234.482.092

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE

F02U.B00.555-01

Pin 1

US

US

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Mechanical Data

7

Weight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

11.5 mm

Installation depth L2

9 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
Features Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 V

Current IS

10 mA

Characteristic
 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.0 mm
 Bore diameter: 11.5 mm
 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤ 6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤ 10 kHz)

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

Environment

 Weight w/o wire: 20 g
This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft or wheel
speed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P, the magnetic field is modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effectsensor element with integrated signal conditioning
circuit detects this change and generates a digital
output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and robust design with a very small housing.

Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors available on request.

Application

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L< 27 cm

Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTThe Mini-HA-P can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Max. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes

For mounting please use only the integrated plug.
If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Sensors | Speed | 267

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Ordering Information

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P
Order number F02U.V00.564-02
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P

Connector 1 234 482 092
Order number F02U.V00.566-02

Dimensions

7268 | Sensors | Speed

760-2 Teeth

Sensors | Speed | 269

Speed Sensor Hall-EffectMini-HA-P sealed

Technical Specifications
Variations
Connector

ASL606-05PC-HE

Without connector

Mating connector

ASL006-05SC-HE
F02U.000.228-01

-

Pin 1

US

US (red)

Pin 2

Gnd

Sig (green)

Pin 3

Sig

Gnd (black)

Pin 4

Nc

-

Pin 5

Nc

-

Wire length L

10 - 27 cm

27 cm

Mechanical Data

FeaturesWeight w/o wire

19.2 gMounting

With screw 1 x M6

Bore diameter

16 mm

Installation depth L2

12 mm

Tightening torque

8 Nm

Electrical Data
 Max. frequency: ≤ 10 kHz

Power supply

5 to 18 V

 Air gap: 0.2 to 1.5 mm

Current IS

10 mA

 Bore diameter: 16 mm

Characteristic

 Max. vibration: 1,200 m/s² at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Accuracy repeatability of thefalling edge of tooth< 3 % (≤6 kHz)
< 5 % (≤10 kHz) Weight w/o wire: 20 g

Signal output

0.4 V to < US

This sensor is designed for incremental measurement of rotational speed (e.g. camshaft, crankshaft
and wheelspeed).
Due to the rotation of a ferromagnetic target wheel
in front of the Mini-HA-P sealed, the magnetic field is
modulated at the place of the Hall probe. A Hall-effect sensor element with integrated signal conditioning circuit detects this change and generates a digital output signal.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of a high quality production part and arobust design with a very small housing.
Application
Application

Speed

Max. frequency≤ 10 kHz

Target wheel air gap

0.2 to 1.5 mm

Temperature range-40 to 150°C

Output circuit

Open collector for 1 kOhm

Output type

Active low

External magnetic fields≤ 0.3 mTMax. vibration

1,200 m/s2 at 10 Hz to 2 kHz

Environment
Target wheel diameter D

162.34 mm

Thickness t

12.5 mmWidth of teeth b1

3.8 mmWidth of gap b2

4.7 mmWidth of sync. gap b3

20.79 mmDepth of teeth h

3.4 mmNumber of teeth

60-2

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Please see Variations

SleeveHT wire ø 5.2 mm

Wire size

AWG 20

Wire length L

Please see Variations

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The Mini-HA-P sealed can be connected directly to most control
units and data logging systems.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.
For mounting please use only the integrated plug.

7

270 | Sensors | Speed

If a wheel with different dimensions is used (see Environment), thetechnical function has to be tested individually.

Ordering Information

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Connector ASL606-05PC-HE

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Dimensions

7

+0.1

60-2 Teeth

Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed
Order number F02U.V00.500-01
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini HA-P sealed

Without connector
Order number F02U.V00.570-01

Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle | 271

Steering Wheel Angle Sensor
LWS

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 16 V

Max input current< 150 mA

CAN speed

500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x2B0 LWS_Standard
Byte

Value / Bit
7

6

5

0

LWS_ANGLE1

LWS_ANGLE2

LWS_SPEED

3

Reserved

4

Reserved

4

3

2

1

0

TRIM

CAL

OK

CAN ID 02 0x7C0 LWS_Config
Byte

7
Features

7

Value / Bit
60

Reserved

1

Reserved

5

4

3

2

1

0

CCW

 Steering Wheel Angle: ± 780°

Truth Table Angular Speed: 0 to 1,016°/s

TRIM

OK

CAL

ANGLE

SPEED

Sensor state

1

1

1

Value

Value

Sensor is calibrated and sensor in- 500 kbaud CAN-output

formation is valid.

This sensor is designed to measure rotational movement and angular speed, e.g. steering wheel angle
and steering wheel speed.
In order to achieve this, the sensor is using the giant
magneto resistive (GMR) effect. The detection of theabsolute angle is realized by means of toothed measuring gears with different ratio including small magnets. Corresponding GMR elements that change theirelectrical resistance according to the magnetic field
direction detects the angle position of the measuring
gears.
The measured voltages are A/D converted and a microcontroller performs the angle calculations. The
steering angle and the steering angle speed areprovided on a CAN-interface.

Application
Steering wheel angle± 780°

Angular speed

0 to 1,016°/s

Operating temperature range-40 to 85°C

Technical Specifications

1

1

0

7FFFh

Value

Sensor is not calibrated, speed information is valid.

1

0

0

7FFFh

FFh

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

0

0

0

7FFFh

FFH

Sensor is in failure mode, sensor information is not valid.

Other combinations for TRIM, OK and CAL are notvalid.
Signal Overview
OK

Failure status

1

Sensor information valid0

Sensor information invalid, an internal sensor fault occurred

CAL

Calibration status

1

Sensor calibrated

0

Sensor not calibrated

TRIM

Trimming Status

1

Sensor trimmed

0

Sensor not trimmed, this is handled as a sensor failure(OK = 0)Mechanical Data
WeightApprox. 34 g

CCW

Command code wordSize

83 x 60 x 21.35 mm

3h

Sets the signal LWS_Angle to 0°

Protection class

IP5K0

5h

Resets the calibration status of the angle

272 | Sensors | Steering Wheel Angle

Characteristics

CAN speed

500 kbaud

Steering Wheel Angle

CAN update rate

100 Hz / 10 ms

Measuring range± 780°

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°

Nonlinearity± 2.5°

Hysteresis

0 to 5°

Measuring range

0 to 1,016°/s

Over range limit± 2,500°/s

Absolute physical resolution

4°/sConnectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch 7 pole

Mating connector

F02U.B00.656-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

12 V

Pin 3

CAN High

Pin 4

CAN Low

Pin 5

Not connected

Pin 6

Not connected

Pin 7

Not connected

Dimensions

Housing Size

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
A zero adjustment is needed before using the sensor for the firsttime. To do so, reset the calibration with CCW = 5h. After resetting
the calibration, a new calibration needs to be started with CCW =3h. The sensor is now newly calibrated and can be used immediately.
Zero the sensor after every assembly.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS
Order number F02U.V02.894-01

CAN Parameters
Byte order

The LWS can be connected directly to most control units and datalogger systems via CAN bus.
Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Angular Speed

7

Installation Notes

LSB (Intel)

Sensors | Temperature | 273

Overview

Temperature Sensor
NTC M5-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M6-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M8-HS

Temperature Sensor
NTC M12

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M5
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M6 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-H

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-L

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

Application: -55 to 300°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C
Male thread: M8 x 1
Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm
± 1 % (at 25°C)

Application: -40 to 130°C
Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
Male thread: M12 x 1.5
Nominal resistance: 2.5
kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

7274 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M5HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4 x 1 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

7
Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M5

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

120

578.1

140

368.8

160

244.4

180

167.6

200

118.5

220

86.08

240

64.08

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

260

48.76

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

280

37.86

Bio fuel compatibility

-

300

29.94

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M5

Wrench size

8 mm

Installation torque

8 Nm

Weight w/o wire6g

Sensors | Temperature | 275

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M5-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistance (typically 1 or 3 kOhm) .
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Connectors and Wires

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage.

Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging System at our homepage.

Pin 1

-

Safety Note

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Dimensions

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS
Order number F02U.V00.510-01

7276 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M6HS

Sealing

O-Ring 4.47 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

7
Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M6 x 1

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very compact
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

Technical Specifications

220

86.08

Mechanical Data

230

74.05

Male thread

M6x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

10 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

6.5 g

270

42.87

Weight w/o wireSensors | Temperature | 277

280

37.86

Pin 4

-

290

33.59

Pin 5

-

300

29.94

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.
Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.
Installation Notes
The NTC M6-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Dimensions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging at our homepage.
Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS
Order number F02U.V00.486-01

7

278 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M8HS

Sealing

O-Ring 6.35 x 1.78 mm

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 25°C

10 kOhm ± 1 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C (homogeneous cond.)± 0.3°C

Accuracy at 100°C (homogeneous cond.)± 1.3°C

Response time tau 63 in still
water

<4s

Characteristic Application

7
Features Application: -55 to 300°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 0.3°C

T [°C]R [Ohm]-55

519,910-35

158,090-20

71,668-10

44,087

0

27,936

10

18,18720

12,13625

10,000 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 1.3°C

30

8,284

 Male thread: M8 x 1

40

5,774

50

4,103

60

2,967

70

2,182

80

1,629

90

1,234

100

946.6

110

735.5

120

578.1

130

459.4

140

368.8

150

298.9

160

244.4

170

201.6

 Nominal resistance: 10 kOhm ± 1 % (at 25°C)
This sensor is designed to measure temperatures up
to 300°C of oil, water, fuel or air. This signal is used
as a control value for engine control units or as ameasurement value which is logged in a data acquisition system.
The NTC-sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises and the resistance decreases. To improve a good protection against theambient temperature, the housing is made of stainless steel and partly filled with an isolation-paste.
The main benefit of the sensor is a very robust
design and its very short response time.
Application
Application-55 to 300°C

180

167.6

Storage temperature range

0 to 100°C

190

140.4

Bio fuel compatibility

-

200

118.5

210

100.7

Technical Specifications

220

86.08

Mechanical Data

230

74.05

Male thread

M8x1

240

64.08

Wrench size

12 mm

250

55.75

Installation torque

8 Nm

260

48.76

8g

270

42.87

Weight w/o wireSensors | Temperature | 279

280

37.86

290

33.59

Various motorsport and automotive connectors are available on request.

300

29.94

Wire size

AWG 24

Wire length L

15 to 50 cm

Please specify the required wire length with your order.

Installation Notes
The NTC M8-HS can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Connectors and Wires
Connector

ASL606-05PN-HE

Mating connector
ASL006-05SN-HE

F02U.000.231-01

Pin 1

-

Pin 2

Sig-

Pin 3

Sig+

Ordering Information

Pin 4

-

Pin 5

-

Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS
Order number F02U.V00.509-01

Dimensions

Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

7

280 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC M12

Weight w/o wire

29 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C

20

2,500

 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C

30

1,707

40

1,175

7
Features Application: -40 to 130°C

 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

Application
Application-40 to 130°C

Storage temp. range

0 to 100°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

600 m/s2

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Installation torque

25 Nm

Connectors and Wires
Connector

Bosch Jetronic

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Sensors | Temperature | 281

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The NTC M12 can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing.
www.bosch-motorsport.com
Free download of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch
Data Logging at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12
Order number 0280.130.026

Dimensions

7

282 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-H

Installation torque

18 Nm

Weight w/o wire

28.3 g

Sealing

Al-washer

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 6 %Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 0.8°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 15 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure fluid temperaturee.g. oil, water or fuel. This signal may be used as acontrol value for engine control units or as a measurement value which is logged in a data acquisition
system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

150

57

7
Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

Application
Application-40 to 150°C

Storage temperature range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2

Technical Specifications

Connectors and Wires

Mechanical Data
Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mmConnector

Bosch Compact

Mating connector
2-pole Compact

D261.205.337-01

Sensors | Temperature | 283

Pin 1

SIG+

Safety Note

Pin 2

SIG-

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Installation Notes
The NTC M12-H can be connected directly to most control units
using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).
Any mounting orientation is possible.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H
Order number 0281.002.170

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.
Dimensions

7

284 | Sensors | Temperature

Temperature Sensor NTC
M12-L

Installation torque

15 Nm

Weight w/o wire

24.6 g

Sealing

Not included

Electrical Data
Characteristic

NTC

Nominal resistance at 20°C

2.5 kOhm ± 5%

Characteristic
Accuracy at 25°C

± 1.4°C

Accuracy at 100°C± 3.4°C

Response time tau 63 in stillwater< 10 sCharacteristic Application
T [°C]R [Ohm]-40

45,313-30

26,114-20

15,462

-10

9,397

0

5,896

10

3,792

20

2,500

30

1,707

40

1,175

50

834

 Nominal resistance: 2.5 kOhm ± 5 % (at 20°C)

60

596

This sensor is designed to measure air temperaturee.g. in the air box or ambient temperature. This signal may be used as a control value for engine control
units or as a measurement value which is logged in adata acquisition system.
The NTC sensing element has a negative temperature
coefficient. This means, that with increasing temperature the conductivity rises. The sensing element of
the temperature sensor is made of semiconducting
heavy metal oxide and oxidized mixed crystals,
which are equipped with a protective housing.
The main benefit of the sensor is the combination ofa high quality production part and a robust and compact design.

70

436

80

323

90

243

100

187

110

144

120

113

130

89

140

71

7
Features Application: -40 to 130°C
 Accuracy at 25°C: ± 1.4°C
 Accuracy at 100°C: ± 3.4°C
 Male thread: M12 x 1.5

Application
Application-40 to 140°C

Storage temp. range-30 to 60°C

Bio fuel compatibility

E85/M22Max. vibration

300 m/s2 at 50 to 250 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Technical Specifications

Connector

Bosch Compact

Mechanical Data

Mating connector
2-pole Jetronic

D261.205.288-01

Pin 1

SIG+

Pin 2

SIG-

Male thread

M12x1.5

Wrench size

19 mm

Sensors | Temperature | 285

Installation Notes

Safety Note

The NTC M12-L can be connected directly to most control units using a pull-up resistor (typically 1 or 3 kOhm).

The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.

Any mounting orientation is possible.
Please find further application hints in the offer drawing and freedownload of the sensor configuration file (*.sdf) for the Bosch Data
Logging System at our homepage.

Ordering Information
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L
Order number 0280.130.039

Dimensions

7286 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Overview

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 Acceleration Sensor
MM5.10-R

7• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 35 g
• Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

• Application 1: ±163°/s (rollrate/ yaw rate)• Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y
and Z acceleration)• Weight w/o wire: 28 g
• Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm• Power supply: 7 to 18 V

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 287

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 35 g

Reserved3

 Size: 80 x 56 x 21 mm

4

 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10 was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle linear
acceleration in all 3 axis. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main feature and benefit of this sensor is the
combination of 3 linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its high speed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Characteristic Application II

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Weight w/o wire

35 g

Size

80 x 56 x 21 mm

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

7288 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Connectors and Wires

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Connector (1)AMP 114-18063-076

Mating connector (1)F02U.B00.435-01

Pin 1

Gnd

Pin 2

CANL

Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

UBat

The MM5.10 can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Installation Notes

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Wire with open end (2)7Quantization Acc Y-axis

Red wire

UBat

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Black wire

Gnd

White wire

CANH

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Blue wire

CANL

Connector (3)ASL606-05PC-HE

Mating connector (3)ASL006-05SC-HE

Pin 1

UBat

Pin 2

Gnd

Pin 3

CANH

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Not connected

SleeveDR-25

Wire size with open end (2)4 x AWG24

Wire length L

15 to 100 cm

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is used for synchronizationand configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID
0x170 (Rx) or 0x75 (Rx) is not used in your CAN network by anyother device.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Order number F02U.V01.511-02

Bit mask

unsigned

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Wire with open end (2)Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Dimensions

Without wire (1)Order number F02U.V01.511-92
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10

Wire with motorsport connector (3)Order number F02U.V01.512-03

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 289

7

Axis Scheme

290 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

Acceleration Sensor MM5.10R

Size

34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

Electrical Data
Power supply

7 to 18 V

Max input current

90 mA

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

CAN Message
CAN ID 01 0x174
Byte

Value

0

Yaw rate

1
2

Reserved

3
4

7

Acc Y-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 02 0x178

Features

Byte

Value

 Application 1: ±163°/s (roll rate/ yaw rate)

0

Roll rate Application 2: ±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

1
2

 Weight w/o wire: 28 g

Reserved3
 Size: 34 x 34 x 16.5 mm

4 Power supply: 7 to 18 V

5

The MM5.10-R was designed to measure the physicaleffects of rotational and linear acceleration. In orderto achieve this, the sensor includes MEMS measuring
elements connected to an appropriate integrated circuit.
A rotational acceleration around the integrated sensing elements generates a Coriolis force whichchanges the internal capacity of the micro machinedsensing parts. Furthermore, a pure surface micro machined element is used to measure the vehicle lineal
acceleration in all 3 axes. This combination of rotational and linear acceleration sensors enables a precise measurement of the vehicle dynamics.
The main features and benefits of this sensor are thealuminum compact housing, the combination of 3
linear and 2 rotational accelerometers and its highspeed 1 Mbaud CAN-signal output.

Acc X-axis

6

Reserved

7

UnusedCAN ID 03 0x17C
Byte

Value

0

Reserved

1
2

Reserved

3
4

Acc Z-axis

5
6

Reserved

7

UnusedCharacteristic
Characteristic Application I

Application
Application I±163°/s (roll rate/yaw rate)

Application II±4.2 g (X, Y and Z acceleration)

Operating temperature range-20 to 85°C

Measuring range± 160°/s

Over range limit± 1,000°/s

Absolute physical resolution

0.1°/sCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Technical Specifications

Characteristic Application II

Mechanical Data

Measuring range±4.2 gOver range limit±10 g

Weight w/o wire

28 g

Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics | 291

Absolute physical resolution

0.01 gCut-off frequency (-3 dB)

15 Hz; 30 Hz; 60 Hz

Connectors and Wires

Installation Notes
Mounting position: Connector opposite to driving direction.

Connector

ASX002-05PA-HE

The MM5.10-R can be connected directly to most control units anddata logging systems.

Mating connector

ASX602-05SA-HE

Please avoid abrupt temperature changes.

Pin 1

UBat

For mounting please use only the integrated fixing holes.

Pin 2

CANH

Pin 3

Not connected

Please ensure that the environmental conditions do not exceed thesensor specifications.

Pin 4

CANL

Pin 5

Gnd

SleeveDR-25

CAN Parameters
Byte order

LSB (Intel)

CAN speed

1 Mbaud or 500 kbaud

Bit mask

unsigned

Offset (all signals)

0x8000 hex

Quantization Yaw Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Roll Rate

0.005 [°/s/digit]

Quantization Acc X-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Y-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Quantization Acc Z-axis

0.0001274 [g/digit]

Dimensions

Please find further application hints in the offer drawing at our
homepage and calibration sheet.
Please deliver the calibration sheet with your order placement.
Please note:
CAN ID0 0x0170 (Rx) is used for synchronization and configuration of the sensor (SYNC). Make sure that the CAN ID 0x170 is not
used in your can network by any other device.
Safety Note
The sensor is not intended to be used for safety related applications without appropriate measures for signal validation in the application system.
Ordering Information
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R
Order number F02U.V02.007-01

7

292 | Sensors | Vehicle Dynamics

7

Brake8

ABS Systems294

294 | Brake | ABS Systems

Overview

8

ABS M5 Kit

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Suitable for front-wheel, rearwheel and four-wheel drive
vehicles• Generic wiring harness to fit
all engine bay and front footwell locations for the hydraulic module• Same ABS hardware as
standard ABS M5 Kit• Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991
Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2• Tested and developed on
racetracks like Spa and Nordschleife• Detailed installation instruction available at our website• 1 Mbaud CAN

Brake | ABS Systems | 295

ABS M5 Kit

Option

Kit 1

Kit 2

Clubsport

Lateral acceleration slip regulation

+

+

-

Corner inside wheel slip reduction regulation

+

+

-

Find more details under Dimensions.
+*: fixed Kit Content+**: Adjustable via Coding Plug
Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit
Serial housing, dust- and dampproof
Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic high pressures pumps

Features Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles
We developed ABS M5 for the operation in front-,
rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A vehicle specific wiring harness is included in the Kit.
The ABS M5 is specifically adapted for motorsportuse. Individual car parameters like e.g. vehicle
weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or number of increments canbe calibrated with software free of charge. Pleasecontact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

2 hydraulic accumulators

3 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Operating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

Technical Specifications

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Variations

Power consumption Electronics

8W

OptionF02U.V05.2

Kit 1

Kit 2

Clubsport

89-01

90-01

91-01
92-01
93-01
94-01
95-01
96-01

Customized wiring loom

+

+

-

ABS-Off position optional on
position 1

+

+

-

Selection of ABS maps via
Bosch 12-position switch or via
specified CAN signal

+

+

+*

Motorsport connectors forwheel speed sensors

-

+

-

Flexible CAN terminals

+

+

+**

Downforce depending slip regulation

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)11 adjustment settings (applicable for OEMs)
ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 1 or Pos. 12)
Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)
EBD warning light (MIL) if needed
TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR
Content of Kit and Weights

+

+

-

Hydraulic unit

1,910 g2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

8

296 | Brake | ABS Systems

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/eachDiagnostics

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 g

Vehicle specific wiring harness
with motorsport connectors

Depends on version

ABS M5 Kit 1
Order number F02U.V05.289-01

Clubsport wiring harness

1,540 gMounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g

ABS M5 Kit 2
Order number F02U.V05.290-01

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

Ordering Information

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 1 Mbaud

Optional Accessories

8

MSA Box II

Order number F02U.V05.292-01

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

DF11S, 500 kbaud

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-01

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V01.928-01

Order number F02U.V05.293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01

Communication

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS and Yaw rate sensor

DF11V, 1 Mbaud

CAN1

Order number F02U.V05.296-01

Dimensions
ABS M5 Kit Variations
ABS M5 Kit 2
Kit 2
Specific
Included, withmotorsport connectors

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
500 kbaud, DF11i
Generic
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport
1 Mbaud, DF11S
Generic
Included, with standard
connectors

Wheel speed signal splitter included*

Included*included*included*included*

Fuses
Brake pipe fittings

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

500 kbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

1 Mbaud, DF11V
Generic
Not included

included*included*

ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991
Cup Gen 1
Cup Gen 2
Model year 2015
Model year 2017
SpecificSpecific
Included, Porsche specific Included, Porsche specific
DF11S
DF11S
Included, DF11
Included, DF11

Not included
Not included

Not included
Not included

Included
Included

Tpye
Wiring harness
4 wheelspeed sensors
DF11S

ABS M5 Kit 1
Kit 1
Specific
Included, with standard
connectors

Tpye
500 kbaud, DF11S
Wiring harness
Generic
4 wheelspeed sensors
Included, with standard
DF11S
connectors
Wheel speed signal splitter included*
TTL
Fuses
Not included
Brake pipe fittings
Not included*TTL splitter incl. in ABS Hardware, DF11 splitter optional

Included
IncludedBrake | ABS Systems | 297

ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Data
Supply voltage

10 to 16 V
max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption Pump

230 W

Power consumption Relay

170 W

Power consumption Electronics

8W

Inputs4 active wheel speed DF11i, DF11S or DF11V
Brake pressure (front brake circuit / rear brake circuit)Longitudinal acceleration, lateral acceleration, yaw rate (MM5.10
sensor)11 adjustment settings
Features

ABS function can be deactivated (Pos. 12)

 Suitable for front-wheel, rear-wheel and fourwheel drive vehicles

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)TTL wheel speed signal FL / FR / RL / RR

 Generic wiring harness to fit all engine bay andfront foot well locations for the hydraulic module

Content of Kit and Weights
Hydraulic unit

1,910 g Same ABS hardware as standard ABS M5 Kit

2 pressure sensors

40 g/each

Yaw/acceleration sensor

60 g

12 position function switch

50 g

4 wheel speed sensors DF11
standard

50 g/each

ABS warning light (MIL)

50 gStandard wiring harness

1,540 gMounting and vibration-damping boards

80 g

Mounting board for hydraulic
unit

212 g

The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is developed for the operation in front-, rear- or 4-wheel drive vehicles. A generic wiring harness is included in the kit. This enables us to provide the kit with a significantly reduced price in comparison to the standard ABS M5
Kit with individual loom.
The ABS M5 Kit Clubsport is specifically adapted for
motorsport use. Individual car parameters like e.g.
vehicle weight, vehicle track, wheel weights, wheel
circumferences, wheel base or number of increments
can be calibrated with software free of charge.
Please contact your Bosch Motorsport dealer for further information.

Optional Accessories
Technical Specifications

Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

Mechanical Data

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

Hydraulic unit

Display DDU 10

F02U.V02.659-01

Serial housing, dust- and damp-proof

Communication interface
MSA Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Wheel speed signal splitter with
1 motorsport connector

F02U.V01.928-01

Vibration damped circuit board
38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)Communication

2 hydraulic high pressures pumps
2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

ABS and Yaw rate sensor

CAN1

Diagnostics

MSA Box II8298 | Brake | ABS Systems

Ordering Information
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.291-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11i, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.292-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.293-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11S, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.294-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 500 kbaud
Order number F02U.V05.295-01
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport

DF11V, 1 Mbaud
Order number F02U.V05.296-01

8

Brake | ABS Systems | 299

ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup

38 pin connector
2 hydraulic valves per wheel
2 brake circuits (front and rear)
2 hydraulic accumulators 5 cm3/eachStandard fittings

2 x master cylinders M12 x 1
4 x brake cylinders M10 x 1

Size

122 x 110 x 122 mm

Weight

1,910 gOperating temperature-30 to 130°C

Max. shock

50 g less than 6 ms

Electrical Data

Features

Supply voltage

10 to 16 V, max. 24 V for 5 min

Max. peak voltage

35 V for 200 ms

Power consumption pump

230 W

Power consumption relay

170 W

Power consumption electronics

8W

8

Inputs Plug & Play ABS M5 Kit for Porsche 997 Cup
and 991 Cup Gen 1 and Gen 2

4 active wheel speed DF11

 Tested and developed on racetracks like Spa
and Nordschleife

Longitudinal acceleration

 Detailed installation instruction available at our
website12 position function switch:

2 brake pressure (front brake circuit, rear brake circuit)
Lateral acceleration

 1 Mbaud CAN
The ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup is a derivative of thesuccessful ABS M5 kit and specifically designed for
Porsche 997 Cup and 991 Cup. A vehicle specificwiring harness is included in the kit. Individual car
parameters like e.g. vehicle weight, vehicle track,wheel weights, wheel circumferences, wheel base or
number of increments can be calibrated with software free of charge. Please contact your Bosch
Motorsport dealer for further information.

• 11 maps preconfigured• 1 switch position for ABS
function OFF

Outputs
ABS warning light (MIL)CAN channels: see manual
Optional Accessories
Data logger C 70

F02U.V02.302-01

Display DDU 9

F02U.V02.300-02

Content of Kit

Technical Specifications

Hydraulic unit

Variations

Holder for Hydraulic unit

See Variations

4 Wheel speed sensors

See Variations

997 Cup (System
DF11S)

991 Cup (System
DF11i)

4 wheel speed
sensors

Included, Porsche
specific DF11S

Not included, series
sensors fit

ABS warning light(MIL)

Included

Included (LED type)

Brake pipe fittings

Not included

Included

ABS warning light (MIL)

Fuses

Not included

IncludedSpecific wiring harness

Holder for Hydraulicunit

Included, standard

Included, Porsche
specific

Brake pipe fittings

See Variations

Fuses

See Variations

2 pressure sensors
MM5.10 acceleration sensor
Vibrations damping board foracceleration sensor
12 position function switch

Mechanical Data
Hydraulic unit
Vibration damped circuit board

Fuse mounting bracket

See Variations

300 | Brake | ABS Systems

Required Content
Brake pipes not included, available at Bosch Motorsport dealer
Communication
CAN via MSA Box II

Ordering Information
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 997 Cup
Order number F02U.V05.289-20
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 1

2015 Model Year
Order number F02U.V05.289-18
ABS M5 Kit Porsche 991 Cup Gen 2

2017 Model Year
Order number F02U.V05.289-19

8

Software

9

Calibration

302

Simulation

303

Analysis

306

Customer Code Area308

302 | Software | Calibration

Calibration Tool RaceCon

Parameter file up- and download
Diagnostic functionality for Bosch Motorsport ECUs
Data file / Work base management
Integrated flash functionality
Integrated Bosch sensor database
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport displays
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport data loggers
Configuration of Bosch Motorsport CAN modules
Communication via K-Line/CAN/Ethernet (KWP/CCP/XCP)CAN communication log functionality (baud rate changeable)
Quick data access over Race Mode
Intuitive design, easy to use
Technical Specifications
Environment
PC

Features

9

IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz

 An all integrated software tool for configurationand calibration

Min. 2 GB RAM

RaceCon is an all integrated software tool for configuration and calibration of Bosch Motorsport
hardware products, such as ECUs, displays, loggers. The communication is based on Bosch
Motorsport MSA-Box interface.

VGA/WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)

Min. 1 GB free hard disc space
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Optional Accessories
MSA-Box II

F02U.V00.327-03

Application

Ordering Information

Calibration of ECU maps and curves

Calibration Tool RaceCon
Order number free download at our homepage

ECU data file up- and download

Software | Simulation | 303

Simulation Tool LapSim

Application
Data Analysis
Post processing of the on-car recorded data with simulation models. Calculating vehicle handling state, aerodynamics, differentialfunction, etc.
Determination of tire parameters out of on-car recorded data. Possibility to analyze tire performance over the laps.
Direct comparison between several outings and/or simulation
model.
3D Animation of vehicle behavior for a better and more thoroughunderstanding.
By comparing recorded data with simulation data a validation possibility of vehicle parameters and vehicle functioning is made.
LapSim software adds all vehicle parameters to WinDarab Filesand creates automatic database.
Chassis Simulation model

Features

Practical Pacejka like tire model. Tire parameters can easily be determined out of on-car recorded data. No tire data required.

 Professional Simulation Tool

Full vehicle model including limited slip (or visco-) differential
3D aero maps

 Free / Chassis / Engine Versions available

Ride height dependent suspension kinematics

 Find the Operation Manual here.

Calculation time 3-4 times faster than real car Find the Installation Manual here.

(PVI - 3 GHz)

LapSim Chassis
is both an analysis tool as well as a vehicle simulation program. By further processing the on-car recorded data, using parts of the simulation models, amuch more profound analysis of the vehicle behavior
can be gained. Due to the direct link with the simulation model, vehicle parameters can be validated likeaerodynamics, tire behavior, engine power, as wellas driver performance. The visualization of thevehicle behavior creates a much easier and better
understanding of the influence of several vehicle
parameters on the performance independent of thetechnical background of the user.
LapSim Engine
supplies an easy to use engine simulation package
capable of generating a torque/power and a corresponding ignition curves out of the main parametersof an engine. The model is able to simulate any 4stroke spark ignition (SI) race engine currently seenon the market, with or without air restrictor(s). To
summarize, the engine software is aiming for 95 %accuracy but 5 % the effort of complex engine software packages. The engine software avoids a vast
number of variables in order to define every engine
detail, in order to improve usability as well as computational performance. The engine package is integrated in the lap simulation.

Automatic set-up optimization
Engine Simulation modelEngine model generates torque/power curve as well as ignition
angle
Normally aspirated engines, with or without restrictor
2,3,4 and 5 valve cylinder heads
2-zone burn model in order to cope with all possible compression
ratios and chamber geometries
Ignition point is determined by adjustable maximum pressure in
cylinderFully adjustable camshaft profile
Engine model generates pressure curve over 720˚ crankshaft,which is integrated to calculate engine torque/power
10 seconds calculation time for 0 to 10,000 rpm range
Ordering Information
LapSim Chassis Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage
LapSim Chassis License
Order number B261.206.432-01
LapSim Chassis and Engine License
Order number F01T.A20.057-01

9304 | Software | Simulation

Dimensions

9

A few Screenshots

Software | Simulation | 305

Simulation Packages

Technical Specifications
Recommended Operation System Windows 10, min. Update Version 1803
Required and not included Software
MathWorks Requirements

Features

CCA S.P.*

Device S.P.*

MATLAB R2018bx

Simulinkx

Real-Time Workshop

xReal-Time Workshop Embedded Coderx

Fixed-Point Toolboxx

Simulink Fixed-Pointx

StateflowxStateflow Coderx

Vehicle Network Toolboxx

Min. PTWinSim 4.09

x

x

x

x

Compiler Simulate Bosch model and Customer model together in the same simulation environment
 Develop Bosch Motorsport control systems(ECU/VCU) in a simulation environment withother plant models (e.g. tire, ABS) Enables use of Bosch models (via PTWinSim) inother simulation environments like rFpro
 Execute your control system faster than realtime on a Windows 10 PC
 Perform real-time analysis on telemetry streams
or other data sources
These simulation packages allow customers that use
Bosch Motorsport control systems to simulate thefunctionality without using the hardware. These
packages enable the user to run Bosch Motorsportand customer code area functions within the PTWinSim® environment.
PTWinSim® provides a framework and supporting
functionality enabling several applications to executein a coherent time frame on a variety of hosts.
Applications ranging from Engine Control Unit code
to vehicle system models with complex control algorithms are simply adapted for the simulation environment. Furthermore, with WinDarab COM API,
Bosch Motorsport customers can use WinDarab datasets as stimuli and logging for their simulated control system.
Device Simulation Runtime provides the runtime licenses to run a Bosch Motorsport simulation package within PTWinSim®. This requires an individual
and project specific simulation software, whichneeds to be ordered separately.
CCA Simulation Package also provides the option forusers of CCA to generate their own simulation software. Device Simulation Runtime is included.

Microsoft Visual Studio,
Version 2017

9

Application tool
RaceCon 2.7 or laterx

x*S.P.: Simulation Package
Ordering Information
CCA Simulation Package

CCA Simulation development target to build andexecute customer code.
Including 1 Device Simulation Runtime licenseand 1 year maintenance.
Order number F02U.V02.893-01
Device Simulation Runtime

Device Simulation Runtime license to execute simulation on a PC and 1 year maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.891-01
CCA Simulation Package Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.892-01
Device Simulation Runtime Annual Maintenance
Order number F02U.V02.890-01

306 | Software | Analysis

Analysis Tool WinDarab V7

Regression lines, user defined lines
Lap reports and lap based comparisonsReplay offline data in realtime
Advanced Analysis
User defined math channels
User defined conditions to filter data
FFT analysis
Racetracks
Racetrack creation based on v/acc or GPS data
Racetrack segmentation
Telemetry
Replay online data in realtime
Gauges for realtime visualization
User Interface
Flexible display setup and arrangement

Features State of the art user interface

9 Versatile diagrams

Storable display setup and arrangement
Lap browser
Data Transmission
Direct data input without intermediate hardware
Protection/encryption of logged data files

 Numerous analysis functions
 Customizable mathematical channels and filters Software based license without dongle
WinDarab V7 is an evaluation tool for monitoring andanalyzing of logged data and is specially designed
for motorsport use. Monitor vehicle data using online telemetry and compare logged data by readingout your data logger. WinDarab V7 features a state of
the art user interface and reads out both engine andchassis data.
The follower of WinDarab V6 offers simplified and ergonomic handling as well as new features and a revised license system to work without a dongle.
Choose between the Free and the Expert version depending on your purpose.
The enormous bandwidth of features makes WinDarab V7 a perfect evaluation tool for motorsport engineers.

ASCII import and export
License System
Dongle-free working in all WinDarab V7 variations
Activation/update via internet
Annual maintenance for up-to-date versions
EnvironmentPC
IBM PC Pentium/AMD Athlon compatible, min. 1.6 GHz
Min. 1 GB RAM
Min. 1 GB free HD space
VGA / WGA monitor (min. 1,024 x 768)
Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Technical Specifications
Variations

Application

Free

ExpertMax. open files

4

unlimitedMax. measuring data windows2

unlimitedMax. areas in measuring data
windows

4

unlimited

Histogram
3D-diagram

Histogram++Analysisx/y-plot++

Overlay of different laps

Distribution++

Time or distance based analysis

min/max-tables++

Absolute and relative values

Fourier-transformation++

Diagrams
Oscilloscope
X-/Y-plot to create scatterbands

One-touch channel statistics (min./max., avg., etc.)

Software | Analysis | 307

Outing report++

Desktop load/save++

Lap analysis-+

Telemetry++

Flowcharts-+

Programming interface (API)

-

Opt.

Instrument panel++

User defined physical units++

Racetrack generation via
speed/lateral G or GPS++

WinDarab Free Version
Order number free download at our homepage

ASCII export++

WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.308-01

Available operators for mathchannels.

+, -, *, /, ^,sqr (x), sqrt (x)All

Software Options

Extras settings/comments-+

Software licence API for WinDarab Expert
Order number F02U.V01.682-01

Ordering Information

9308 | Software | Customer Code Area

Customer Code Area CCA

Multitasking scheduling using time synchronous (and asynchronous) tasks, task pre-emption and temporary task overruns
Environment for Matlab/Simulink
Full I/O access with Bosch-Motorsport device drivers
Full read access to all Bosch signals
Development environment with reduced Bosch “unit_blockset”
Real time calibration
Calibration and measurement interface XCP via Ethernet
SW-Download via Bosch Motorsport calibration tool RaceCon
Software option for all MS 6.x, MS 7.x
Free maintenance for the first 12 month, afterwards with costs.
Required and not included Software
Operation System: Windows 10
MathWorks Requirements
MATLAB R2018b

Features Calculation directly in Bosch main ECU possible9 Communication binding via Software free cuts

Simulink
Real-Time Workshop
Real-Time Workshop Embedded Coder
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Simulink Fixed-Point Unlimited bandwidth interfaces One Box Design (compact solution, no extra
weight)Bosch provides the option to run software code on
Bosch ECUs that has been developed by our customers. This code is run in the customer code area
(CCA) and is protected against access of anyoneelse. Within the engine ECU families MS 6 and MS 7
this feature can be run in parallel to all engine ECU
functionality.
We deliver it with a full environment for Matlab/Simulink, a compiled Bosch Motorsport model as library
and a package of Matlab/Simulink interfaces to all I/
Os.

Stateflow
Stateflow Coder
Vehicle Network Toolbox
CompilerWind River
Development Hints
Depending on your experiences with SW-Development of Bosch
Motorsport ECUs, we recommend SW-Development support from
Bosch Motorsport.
Ordering Information
Customer Code Area CCA

Technical Specifications

Onetime payment for development environment
and first .pst will be offered on request.

General Functions

Order number on request

Support for generating executables that include algorithm, devicedriver and real-time operating system

Accessories
Hardware upgrade for CCA per device for MS 6.x,
MS 7.xOrder number F02U.V02.137-01

More

10

Breakout Boxes

310

Communication Interface

316

Connector Opening Tool

317

Connectors

318

Wiring Harnesses319

310 | More | Breakout Boxes

Overview

10

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• Standard configurations andfully customized versions
available• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190• Compact, lightweight housing
in low-profile design withhigh-density packaging• Robust 4 mm standard jacks
for measuring leads• Signal integrity of high-speed
data links ensured byproduct-specific version• No more lost jumpers due topatented 90° rotatable connectors

More | Breakout Boxes | 311

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Weight1,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

66

Connectors and Wires
F02U.V02.295-01 code blue
Connector on housing

AS018-35PB

Connector on wire

AS618-35SB

F02U.V02.296-01 code orange
Connector on housing

AS018-35PC

Connector on wire

AS618-35SC

F02U.V02.297-01 code red
Connector on housing

AS018-35PN

Connector on wire

AS618-35SN

F02U.V02.298-01 code yellow

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuring
leads

Connector on housing

AS018-35PA

Connector on wire

AS618-35SA

F02U.V02.299-01 code violet(universal)
Connector on housing

AS018-35PU

Connector on wire

AS618-35SU

Wire length L (all) Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version

Ordering Information

 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available

Connector code: orange

Ca. 50 cm

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole
Order number F02U.V02.296-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.297-01
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: violet (universal use)
Order number F02U.V02.299-01
Accessories
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Connector code: blue
Order number F02U.V02.295-01

Technical Specifications

Breakout Box BOB 66-pole

Mechanical Data

Order number F02U.V02.298-01

Size

Connector code: yellow
225 x 130 x 35 mm

10312 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB MS 6

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 270 x 50 mm

Weight4,100 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

176

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

USB connectors

2

USB jumper

inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 6
Order number F02U.V02.294-01

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging

10

 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use withEngine Control Units MS 6.

More | Breakout Boxes | 313

Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
the LIFE connector of Engine Control Units MS 7 andVehicle Control Unit VCU.
Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB MS 7

Connector code: red
Order number F02U.V02.293-01

10314 | More | Breakout Boxes

Breakout Box BOB PBX 90

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 Standard configurations and fully customized
versions available No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 90.
Technical Specifications

10

Mechanical DataSize

255 x 220 x 45 mm

Weight2,400 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

68

Ethernet connectors

4

Ethernet wire

2 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 60 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90
Order number F02U.V02.292-01

More | Breakout Boxes | 315

Breakout Box BOB PBX 190

Features Compact, lightweight housing in low-profile
design with high-density packaging
 Robust 4 mm standard jacks for measuringleads Signal integrity of high-speed data links ensured
by product-specific version
 No more lost jumpers due to patented 90° rotatable connectors
The Breakout Box BOB enables the operator to perform measurements and modify connections during
operation. The jumpers allow to individually open or
close each single connection without removing thejumper. Jacks provide access to all signals for measurement purposes. The box is essential for development and test environments in the lab and vehicle.
This version was especially developed for use with
PowerBox PBX 190.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

355 x 265 x 50 mm

Weight5,800 g

4 mm standard jacks for measuring leads

112

Ethernet connectors

8

Ethernet wire

4 x inclusive

Connectors and Wires
Wire length L

2 x 4 x 55 cm

Ordering Information
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190
Order number F02U.V02.523-01

10316 | More | Communication Interface

Com Interface MSA-Box II

Electrical Data
Input voltage (vehicle side)

8 to 32 V

Power supply through the connection to the ECU from board
mains with galvanic separation
Power consumption (poweredby USB)Typ. 0.5 W

USB

USB 2.0, high speed(480 MBit/sec)

Ethernet

100 MBit/sec

K-Line300 Bd up to 320 kBd

CAN

10 kBit/s up to 1 MBit/s

Recommended Operation System Windows 10
Connectors and Wires

Features10

Connector
AS612-35PN

F02U.000.441-01

Mating connector
AS012-35SN

F02U.000.258-01

Pin 1

Terminal 30 (permanent pos)

 Communication interface for PC-supported calibration on K-line, CAN or Ethernet interface

Pin 2

Terminal 15 (switch pos)

Pin 3

GND

The MSA-Box II is the low cost unit for PC-supported
calibration and configuration on Ethernet, K-Line or
CAN interface of an ECU.
The MSA-Box II is coupled to the PC via the USB interface. This ensures a powerful and universal link to
all common PCs. The coupling to the ECU is effected
via Ethernet, K-Line or CAN-interface of the diagnosis
interface.

Pin 4

CAN_High

Pin 10K-Line

Pin 8

RxD+

Pin 9

RxD-

Pin 11

TxD+

Pin 12

TxD-

Pin 16

CAN_LowPin 22

SCR

Diagnosis wire length2m

USB wire length

0.5 m

Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Size

84 x 38 x 25 mm

Temperature range

0 to 70°C

Compact design
Fully suitable for motor vehicle use
All inputs and outputs to the PC with galvanic separation

Ordering Information
Com Interface MSA-Box II
Order number F02U.V00.327-03

More | Connector Opening Tool | 317

Connector Opening Tool for
AS series

Features Quick and easy opening of ECU connectors
The Connector Opening Tool helps you to open connectors of ECUs like MS 7.4.
Technical Specifications
Mechanical Data
Material

Stainless steel

Ordering Information
Opening tool for shellsize 16
Order number F02U.V01.393-01
Opening tool for shellsize 18
Order number F02U.V01.394-01

10318 | More | Connectors

Connectors

Features Bosch Jetronic and Compact connectors inclusive contacts and sealings
 Autosport connectors from Deutsch, Tyco, etc.
 Connectors with 3 to 128 pins
Convenient to the Wiring Harnesses, we have a wide
range of connectors on offer.
From single pin and Bosch series connectors above
TE-connectors to Deutsch-motorsport connectors,
you can choose from a big variation.
You can get from us different Deutsch-motorsport
connectors of the series AS, ASL, ASU, ASX and
ASDD. According to the series, these are 3 to 128pin connectors.
At Bosch connectors you can choose from connectors of the Jetronic or Compact series. Furthermore
you receive convenient contacts and sealings to ourBosch-connectors.
If you are interested, give us a call!

10More | Wiring Harnesses | 319

Customized Wiring Harnesses

FeaturesOur expertise
Bosch Motorsport specialists have decades of experience in design and manufacture of customized wiring solutions for race cars and prototypes.
Increasing complexity in race cars necessitates ahigh degree of understanding in the electrical architecture of the project. We provide to you the extensive system know-how and the expertise of our specialists.
As a system supplier, we are familiar with the full
spectrum of electronic requirements of the components in a racecar – from high current and highvoltage applications to high-speed data networks.
Our offer
Whether it is complete vehicle wiring, test equipment or a simple adapter – we design, plan, construct and test according to your individual requirements and requests.
If you want to build your wiring yourself, we also offer consulting and development support independently from our manufacturing services.
Give us a call!

 One-stop-shop for consulting, manufacturing,development and service
 Manufacture of individual pieces and small
batches Use of the highest quality materials
 Full test coverage based on the latest testing
equipment for all products
 The complete package, from a single pin to acomplete wiring harness10320 | More | Wiring Harnesses

10Appendix

11

General Information

322

Vibration Profiles323

322 | Appendix | General Information

General Information
ESD, Handling and Transport
Please be mindful of the specifications concerning
ESD. Never grab into the connectors. Please follow
the regulations when transporting devices (e.g. ESD
packaging materials).
Service
To ensure full functionality every time, Bosch
Motorsport recommends annual functional testing of
all equipment.

11

Battery
Some of the devices use Lithium-Ion batteries.
Please use extra caution to be certain that the correct removal procedure is followed. Abide by the
maintenance cycle schedule to ensure correct operation. Bosch Motorsport recommends maintenanceonce a year.
Installation
The correct installation extends reliability and durability. Please follow the specifications regarding temperature, humidity, vibration and liquid compatibility.

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 323

Vibration Profile 1

Dimensions

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

20

50.4

55

26.0

180

1.0

300

1.0

360

0.56

1,000

0.6

2,000

0.6

Effective value aEff

55.4 m/s2

Sine: 8h/direction
Alteration rate of frequency: 2.4 oct./min
Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s2)

100

50

180

200

250

200

350

60

2,000

60

10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)Broadband noise
Sine
1000

Accelera on peak (m/s²)
Amplitude of Oscilla on (µm)

Broadband noise: 8h/direction

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise
100,0

100

10
10

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)

Sine

11

324 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 2

Dimensions

Broadband noise: 8h/direction

11

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

10.0

50

10.0

66.7

1.0

100

1.0

1,000

0.1

Effective value aEff

26.9 m/s2

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise
100,0

10,0

1,0

0,1

0,0
10

100

Frequency (Hz)Broadband noise1000Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 325

Vibration Profile 3
Broadband noise

Frequency (Hz)Amplitude ofacceleration (m/s2)

440

125

Amplitude ofoscillation lane (μm)

Dimensions

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration density (m/s2)2/Hz

10

14.0

50

7.0

60

3.5

300

0.5

500

45.6

1,500

15.3

Effective value aEff

168 m/s2

Accelera on density (m/s²)²/Hz

Broadband noise
100,0

10,0

1,0

0,1
10

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)

Sine
Alteration rate of frequency: 1 oct./min
Amplitude ofacceleration (m/s2)

20

50

85

50

85

175

200

175

200

280

220

280

300

125

Sine

Amplitude ofoscillation lane (μm)

1000

Accelera on peak (m/s²)
Amplitude of Oscilla on (µm)

Frequency (Hz)Broadband noise

100

10
10

100

1000

Frequency (Hz)

Sine

11

326 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

Vibration Profile 4
Sine 80h/direction

11

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1515

550

1550

460

1675

500

Frequency (Hz)

Acceleration peak (m/s²)

1710

670

135

55

1720

690

250

132

1780

520

265

170

1810

500

300

193

1900

500

315

46

1925

448

500

65

1975

320

555

400

570

400

600

127

815

127

895

356

955

156

1165

184

1200

256

1350

310

1385

470

1420

520

1445

320

Dimensions
Sine
Accelera on peak (m/s²)

1000

100

10
100

1000

Frequency (Hz)Sine

Appendix | Vibration Profiles | 327

Dimensions

Shock
Shock: 10 shocks (pos. and neg.) / direction
50gn 6mSec ISO 16750-3
Time (mSec)

Acceleration Density (m/s²)²/Hz

-4

-25

0

-25

3

500

Accelera on (m/s²)

Shock: 50gn 6mSec
550
500
450
400
350
300
250
200
150
100
50
0
-50
-4

-2

0

2

4

6

8

10

Time (mSec)

6

-25

10

-25

11

328 | Appendix | Vibration Profiles

11Index | 329

Icons

G

µLC Test System............................................... 106

Gear Shift Sensor GSS-2.................................... 218
General Information ........................................... 322

A
ABS M5 Kit........................................................ 295
ABS M5 Kit Clubsport ....................................... 297
ABS M5 Kit Porsche Cup................................... 299
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10 ............................ 287
Acceleration Sensor MM5.10-R ......................... 290
Alternator B0 .................................................... 169
Alternator B3 LIN .............................................. 171
Alternator B5 .................................................... 175
Analysis Tool WinDarab V7................................ 306

B
Breakout Box BOB 66-pole ............................... 311
Breakout Box BOB MS 6 ................................... 312
Breakout Box BOB MS 7 ................................... 313
Breakout Box BOB PBX 190.............................. 315
Breakout Box BOB PBX 90................................ 314

C
Calibration Tool RaceCon ................................. 302
CAN Keypad CK-M12........................................... 76
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M light............. 51
Collision Avoidance System CAS-M 3 EVO .......... 54
Com Interface MSA-Box II ................................. 316
Connector Opening Tool for AS series .............. 317
Connectors ....................................................... 318
Customer Code Area CCA ................................. 308
Customized Wiring Harnesses........................... 319

D
Data Logger C 70 ................................................ 60
Data Logger C 80 ................................................ 64
Diesel System Components .............................. 112
Display DDU 10................................................... 44
Display DDU 9..................................................... 41E
e-GoKart Powertrain Young Star ....................... 190
Electronic Throttle Body ................................... 177
Engine Control Unit MS 25 Sport........................ 28
Engine Control Unit MS 6.1 ................................ 13
Engine Control Unit MS 6.2 ................................ 16
Engine Control Unit MS 6.3 ................................ 19
Engine Control Unit MS 6.4 ................................ 22
Engine Control Unit MS 7.4 ................................ 25
Expansion Board Current Loop Interface .......... 108
Expansion Board Digital Outputs ...................... 109

F
FPR Adaptor light ............................................. 134
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 2 ......................... 127
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini 5 ......................... 129
Fuel Pressure Regulator Mini A......................... 132

H
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5 ......................................... 122
HP Fuel Pump HDP 5-LW ................................... 124
HP Injection Valve HDEV 5.2 .............................. 119

I
Ignition Coil C90i-E10 ........................................ 138
Ignition Coil C90i-E8 .......................................... 136
Ignition Coil C90i-pro......................................... 140
Ignition Coil C90i-pro evo .................................. 142
Ignition Coil C90i-WG ........................................ 144
Ignition Coil P50/P50-M ..................................... 146
Ignition Coil P65 ................................................ 148
Ignition Coil P65-T ............................................. 150
Ignition Coil P65-TWG........................................ 153
Ignition Coil P65-WG.......................................... 155
Ignition Coil P65-WS .......................................... 157
Ignition Coil PS-T ............................................... 159
Ignition Module IM 3.2 ....................................... 162
Ignition Module IM 4 .......................................... 164
Injection Power Stage HPI 5 ................................ 70
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 4C ....................... 71
Injection Power Stage HPI 5-M 8C ....................... 73
Injection Valve EV 14.......................................... 114

K
Knock Sensor KS4-P........................................... 221
Knock Sensor KS4-R........................................... 223
Knock Sensor KS4-R2......................................... 225

L
Lambda Sensor LSU ADV/ADV pre Turbo ........... 231
Lambda Sensor LSU 4.9..................................... 228
Lambda Sensor Mini-LSU 4.9 ............................. 234
Lambdatronic LT4 ................................................ 88
Lambdatronic LT4 ADV......................................... 90

M
Modular Sensor Interface M 60............................ 92
Modular Sensor Interface MSI 60......................... 94

PPower Steering Pump VPS15 ............................. 180
PowerBox PBX 190 .............................................. 83
PowerBox PBX 90 ................................................ 80
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AA ................................. 193
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AL ................................. 195
Pressure Sensor Air PSA-N................................. 199
Pressure Sensor Air PS-AS ................................. 197
Pressure Sensor Air PSB-4 ................................. 201
Pressure Sensor Air PSP .................................... 203
Pressure Sensor Combined PSM-SAT ................ 238
Pressure Sensor Combined PST 1/PST 3 ........... 240

330 |

Pressure Sensor Combined PST 4 .................... 242
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 1 ................. 244
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 280 bar .... 246
Pressure Sensor Combined PST-F 2 350 bar .... 248
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-10 .......................... 206
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSC-260 ........................ 208
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSM-SA ......................... 210
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-10 .......................... 212
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-140/260/420/600... 216
Pressure Sensor Fluid PSS-250R ...................... 214

R
RaceConnect ...................................................... 99
Rotary Position Sensor RPS-F ........................... 250

S
Shock................................................................ 327
Simulation Packages......................................... 305
Simulation Tool LapSim.................................... 303
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-D 90 .................... 253
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-Di ........................ 255
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-M......................... 258
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-N ......................... 260
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P.......................... 262
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect HA-P2........................ 264
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P .................. 266
Speed Sensor Hall-Effect Mini-HA-P sealed....... 269
Starter 1.7 kW .................................................. 183
Steering Wheel Angle Sensor LWS.................... 271

T
Telemetry Modem LTE65-EU ............................. 100
Telemetry Modem LTE65-US............................. 103
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-H....................... 282
Temperature Sensor NTC M12-L ....................... 284
Temperature Sensor NTC M12 .......................... 280
Temperature Sensor NTC M5-HS ...................... 274
Temperature Sensor NTC M6-HS ...................... 276
Temperature Sensor NTC M8-HS ...................... 278

U
USB Kit ............................................................... 67

V
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4 ...................... 31
Vehicle Control Unit VCU MS 50.4P .................... 35
Vibration Profile 1............................................. 323
Vibration Profile 2............................................. 324
Vibration Profile 3............................................. 325
Vibration Profile 4............................................. 326

W
Wheel Speed Signal Splitter ............................... 95
Wiper Direct Actuator WDA............................... 185

Bosch Engineering GmbH
Motorsport
For more infomation please visit
www.bosch-motorsport.com
or send an email tomotorsport@bosch.com© Bosch Engineering GmbH, 2020
Modifications reserved.
Bosch Part No. of this catalog: F02U.003.686-07
Note: The use of Bosch Motorsport products on public roads is prohibited.
Please use our products exclusively on closed-course racetracks.